Which of the following is one of the text commands that are issued between mail servers when an email is sent?
✓HELO
HOLA
START
HI
NOW
Which of the following web hosting-related roles does cPanel NOT play?
Provides methods for easily backing up, managing, and changing access privileges of your files.
Provides an interface to manage your domain.
Provides automation for otherwise complex tasks.
✓Provides web hosting hardware for your domain.
Which of the following options best describes the primary role of the cPanel software?
✓cPanel automates processes so that web hosting becomes simpler.
cPanel acts as a hub for users to share recipes and discuss best cast-iron practices.
cPanel acts as a version control management system for developers.
cPanel generates graphical interfaces to create a more visual environment.
Which of the following items do NOT need to be identified in a MySQL grant?
host
database
user
✓MAC address
Which of the following methods can be used to potentially determine your hosting provider? (Select all that apply.)
✓Using the WHOIS record
Calling the 1800WHO-SMY-HOST host identification hotline.
Determining the checksum of the numbers in your IP address and cross-referencing it with the National Hosters Index (NHI).
✓Identifying the DNS servers' (nameservers) domain name.
What does MySQL use to perform quick lookups on tables?
Descriptors
Appendix
References
✓Indexes
What do SSL certificates use to establish encryption?
Satellite links
✓Keys
Bank routing numbers
High-fives
How does a sending mail server identify where the recipient's mail server is?
✓By using the domain shown after the @ symbol in the recipient email address.
By printing it out and transporting it to the local post office to handle.
By prompting the sender client for a destination IP address.
By broadcasting a signal to the Global Email Network (GEN) calling out for mail servers that are expecting an email from the sender's address.
What does it mean to be a fully-qualified domain name?
***That the domain has been officially approved for use by the NSF.
✓That the domain is eligible for consideration to be added into the "global DNS".
That hosted site on this domain is confirmed to be compatible with all major web browsers.
That the complete domain successfully points to a specific computer or host.
Which of the following are MySQL storage engines that are available on cPanel environments? (Select all that apply.)
SPOT
SQLMask
Diesel
DBGBs
✓MyISAM
✓InnoDB
To change the amount of resources allocated to your cPanel account, who would you need to contact?
✓Your Hosting Provider
Human Resources
cPanel Support
Your Internet Service Provider
Which of the following statements best describes email encryption?
Email encryption swaps out words in the email's body with new ones, based on a pre-defined code provided to your mail client.
Email encryption is used to decrypt confusing messages with many grammar and spelling mistakes.
Email encryption is used to make sure that only authorized people can read its data.
Email encryption is used to secure the actual transport of the message from one server to the next.
In order to consider a domain to be owned by you, where does a name need to be purchased or otherwise assigned from?
The cPanel Domain Store
A web host
The ARIN
✓A registrar
cpanel.com
Using the domain shown above, what is the .com portion of the domain referred to as?
The domain suffix
The second-level domain
✓The top-level domain
The domain extension
Which of the following options best describes cPanel as a product?
✓Web Hosting Control Panel
First-Person Shooter
File Management Interface
Operating System
What is the primary role of a domain?
To provide a formal name to use for the website.
To store the files used to display content to web browsers.
✓To easily identify the address of the server hosting the website.
Domains are an old, obsolete standard that is no longer necessary, but still in use due to familiarity.
Which of the following are NOT a type of record you would find in a DNS zone?
A record
CNAME record
MX record
✓NMAP record
Which of the following permission types does NOT allow you to read a file's contents?
All of these permissions will allow you to read the file.
***Write
✓Read
***Execute
What kind of DNS query is performed when a server has not seen a domain before?
Top-level query
Fully-qualified query
✓Recursive query
Root query
What is the default MySQL storage engine used in cPanel & WHM environments?
XtraDB
✓MyISAM
Diesel
***InnoDB
What type of server's primary role is to take in requests for domain names and respond with an appropriate address?
A file server
A web host server
A BF1942 server
A domain server
✓A name server
What is the name of the interface that server administrators log into?
✓WebHost Manager (WHM)
Admin Control Panel (ACP)
cPanel Account Interface
cPanel Administrators Portal (CAP)
What is the textual information containing additional data on the email and its sender that is added to every email sent referred to as?
✓The email header
The email preface
The email card
The email store
TRUE/FALSE: An NS record in a DNS zone points to a domain name, not an IP address.
False
✓True
Which of the following are NOT considered a system "resource"?
Bandwidth
Memory/RAM
✓Link Referrals
Disk Space
CPU
Which of the following protocols transmits information in clear text?
✓HTTP
SSH
HTTPS
IPv6
What is the numerical value of the read permission, when assigning permissions to a file?
6
2
✓4
1
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_evasive
+mod_userdir
mod_php
mod_itk
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.0
Apache 2.2
+Apache 2.4
Apache 2.6
Which of the following options is NOT a real Multi-Processing Module (MPM) available for installation within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?
Worker
ITK
Prefork
+Postfork
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
+The version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
CPMOVE packages.
DEB packages.
+RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
+Reduced chance of critical Apache failures.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
max_execution_time
safe_mode
user_dir
+memory_limit
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
ea-dso-php56
+ea-php56
php56-ea4
multiPHP_5.6
If a user wants to utilize the system default version of PHP, which of the following selections would they enable for their account?
ea-php55
system
default
+inherit
Which of the following PHP handlers works on only one PHP version at a time?
PHP-FPM
CGI
SuPHP
+DSO
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
+Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
+Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
+DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The IP address that the Apache daemon is "listening" with.
A resulting IP address that has been translated by NAT.
+The inbound IP address of the node that requested the item that caused the error message.
The outbound address that is being used by Apache to send data back to the client.
What HTTP status code could be displayed in the Apache logs if a client requests a path containing a file or directory with incorrect permissions or improper user/group ownership values?
408
503
401
+500
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces the error shown below?
Unauthorized. A password is needed to see this page. The browser should prompt for a username and password.
403
404
+401
500
When operating within a cPanel & WHM environment, which of these commands would display all available EasyApache 4 packages from within the server's command line?
yum show "ea-*"
rpm show "ea-*"
yum find "ea-*"
+yum list "ea-*"
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
+The name of the Apache module that triggered the error.
An arbitrary label assigned to this type of log entry via the httpd.conf file.
An indication that this error comes from the Linux kernel, NOT the Apache software.
The log entry's severity level.
Which of the following terms can best be described as an input stream where data is sent to and read by a program?
STDIO
STDOUT
STDERR
+STDIN
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options describes a method you can use to change Apache's MPM from the command-line?
This change should only be performed through the WHM interface so that the appropriate, automated actions can take place for a safe transition.
+The "yum shell" command should be used to perform a batch transaction so that your web content does not produce errors.
Standard yum installs and removals can be safely used, as all EasyApache RPMs contain scripts that automate any necessary "before/after" measures.
EasyApache 4 only supports the Prefork MPM, so MPM changes are not necessary when operating in an EA4 environment.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
+The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The process owner's user ID.
The size of the file returned in bytes.
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that results in the status message shown below?
OK. The request was successful.
202
500
+200
101
Which of the following yum commands will install the EasyApache 4 mod_speling RPM?
yum add ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -Uvh ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum install ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -ivh ea-apache24-mod_speling
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following paths are used to store Apache's primary PHP configuration file ( php.conf) ?
/usr/local/lib/
/opt/cpanel/ea-php55/root/etc/
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/
/etc/cpanel/ea4/
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following utilities can you execute from the command-line to save the current set of Apache & PHP components defined in EasyApache into an EasyApache 4 profile?
/usr/bin/ea_install_profile
/etc/yum/ea_install_profile
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile
+/usr/local/bin/ea_current_to_profile
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
+DSO
CGI
MPM
SCL
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
+In the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
+The IP address of the requestor.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
The IP address of the server.
The IP address of the resolver.
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
+It outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
If a file or directory in a path being served by Apache contains incorrect permissions or uses improper user/group ownership values, which of the following HTTP status codes might you see in the Apache logs if a client were to request one of the affected paths?
408
+403
504
401
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following parent directories would you find a subdirectory that includes EasyApache's templates and userdata information, stored by cPanel?
/usr/local/cpanel/
/opt/cpanel/
/etc/apache2/
+/var/cpanel/
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that results in the status message shown below?
OK. The request was successful.
202
+200
101
500
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
+In the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The local proxy ID of the proxy that this request passed through.
The public key ID of the key used during an SSL request.
+The Apache process ID of the process that triggered the error.
The PHP process ID of the php process that handled this request
Which factor might affect the amount of Apache access/dom logs that exist on the server?
Based on a configuration variable value set within the httpd.conf file.
+Based on the number of virtual hosts that exist on the server.
Based on the number of cPanel accounts that exist on the server.
Based on a value given on the "Limit Apache Access Logs" setting, found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
+The size of the returned file (in bytes).
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The HTTP status code.
Which of the following best describes the difference between a process and a thread?
Threads can contain multiple processes, and the processes contained in the thread share its resources.
A thread is a special type of process that is utilized in HTTP 2.0.
Threads and processes are used synonymously.
+Processes can contain multiple threads, and the threads contained in the process share its resources.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The IP address of the resolver.
+The IP address of the requestor.
The IP address of the server.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The size of the file returned in bytes.
The process owner's user ID.
+The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
+It outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
Which of the following yum commands will install the EasyApache 4 mod_speling RPM?
yum add ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -Uvh ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum install ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -ivh ea-apache24-mod_speling
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
CGI
SCL
+DSO
MPM
Which of the following terms can best be described as the destination where a process can write normal output to, usually being to the terminal, server console ("screen"), unless redirected?
STDIN
STDIO
STDERR
+STDOUT
How does the scl command know which version of PHP it should use?
+You provide the PHP version as a command-line argument.
The .php-version file, if it exists, is used for reference.
The system's default PHP version is always used.
The .htaccess file, if it exists, is used for reference.
Which of the following yum commands would remove, or uninstall, the mod_speling RPM?
yum erase ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum remove ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -r ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -e ea-apache24-mod_speling
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
+PHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
Which of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
+PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/etc/php.conf
/usr/lib/php.cfg
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
+ea-php56
php56-ea4
multiPHP_5.6
ea-dso-php56
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
+It is set to the same value as the system default.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
WHM only
cPanel only
This must be done from the command-line interface.
+cPanel & WHM
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.0
+Apache 2.4
Apache 2.6
Apache 2.2
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
+JSON
SQLite
PDF
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
+mod_userdir
mod_php
mod_evasive
mod_itk
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
CPMOVE packages.
DEB packages.
+RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
+Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
max_execution_time
+memory_limit
user_dir
safe_mode
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
+Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
By default, which of the following sections appear first in the named.conf file?
controls
+options
key
views
After you make a number of zone file changes in different zones, if you want to ensure that caching nameservers know to load the new information from your server, which of the following, single procedures can you perform to accomplish this?
+Zone Synchronization
Mass DNS Rsync
The zones must be updated individually, one at a time.
Batch Zone Update
Which of the following nameserver applications does not load all of its DNS zones upon startup?
NSD
MyDNS
+PowerDNS
BIND/named
In a BIND/named configuration file, which of these logging categories encompasses all categories that have not already been explicitly configured to use another channel?
general
+default
catch-all
standard
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
+Host application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
A default cPanel & WHM environment configures a custom logging channel, default_log, to log to which of the following paths?
/var/named/logs/named.log
+/var/log/named/named.log
/var/log/named.log
/var/log/messages
What does the acronym ACL represent, in the context of a BIND/named configuration (among other contexts)?
Amended Command Label
Access Command Limit
+Access Control List
Answer Control Limit
To retrieve the IPv6 record of a domain, you would query for which of the following records in a domain?
IPv6
A
+AAAA
V6
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tier-located Destination
Tag-limited Delegation
Tree-level Denotation
+Top-level Domain
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
To the client browser.
+To the TLD nameserver.
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores DNS zone template files within which of the following paths?
/var/named/templates
+/var/cpanel/zonetemplates
/var/cpanel/zones
/etc/zonetemplates
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
+To standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
Which section of the named.conf file controls BIND/named's listening port?
network
system
+options
source
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/etc/ssl
+/var/cpanel/domain_keys
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
/var/cpanel/keys
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
+ps
rpm
ls
df
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
named-check --conf
+named-checkconf
named --check-conf
named --conf
By default, which of these logging categories are routed into the default_log channel, in a BIND/named DNS server configuration?
+general
config
standard
update
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
+allow-transfer
transfer-zones
transfers
recursion
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
+/etc/named.conf
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
setdnsserver
upcp --nameserver
dnssetup
+setupnameserver
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
+Hostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Register a domain.
+Change an MX record.
Update whois information.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
By default, cPanel creates SPF records in which of the following modes?
Development mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
+"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
+Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
None of these.
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
IP-based whitelisting
+API Tokens
Public/Private Key pairs
Passwords
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
+A nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A root nameserver.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
+WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
+WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
Mail bomb attacks.
+Spoofing and unauthorized senders.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
example.com
com.example.mail
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
+DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
+cPanel » Domains » Subdomains
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
The private IP address.
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
+The public IP address.
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
+dig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
Yudith runs a small web-hosting company. She has added and removed several zones manually but has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. Fortunately, this zone did not contain any custom records.
Given the situation, which of the following WHM interfaces should she utilize to re-create the zone?
This can only be done from the command line.
+WHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
+Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
This cannot be done in WHM.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
+WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
+The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
MK KW 2023.05.08
Twój wynik to 92.50%
By default in a cPanel & WHM environment, the system logs cluster-related messages into which of the following log files?
/var/log/dnsadmin
/var/log/dnscluster.log
/var/log/named/named.log
+/usr/local/cpanel/logs/dnsadmin_log
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
+To standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
+named-checkconf
named --check-conf
named-check --conf
named --conf
What does the Error logging severity imply, when referring to BIND/named logs?
An event has been encountered during BIND/named operations that indicates standard operational events are occurring.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named application that is treated as a critical failure.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may eventually lead to more severe issues if not addressed.
+A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may allow further operations to continue.
Which of the following actions can you take to ensure that caching nameservers load the new information from your server after making multiple zone file changes in different zones?
The zones must be updated individually, one at a time.
Mass DNS Rsync
Batch Zone Update
+Zone Synchronization
In a BIND/named configuration file, which of these logging categories encompasses all categories that have not already been explicitly configured to use another channel?
general
standard
+default
catch-all
Which of the following utilities can be used to administer a BIND/named server remotely?
named
dnsadmin
bind-utils
+rndc
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
transfers
transfer-zones
recursion
+allow-transfer
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
Aliases
+ACLs
Logging Channels
Controls
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
+setupnameserver
setdnsserver
dnssetup
upcp --nameserver
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
+Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
Host application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
When you see a "rndc reload: connection refused" error, which of the following commands should you run first?
+/scripts/fixrndc
rndc reload
named --rndc-diag
/scripts/restartsrv_dns
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The bayesian database.
The TXT record.
+The serial number.
The cache value.
At which of the following stages of BIND/named DNS server operations might you encounter a zone or configuration syntax error?
When performing a recursive query.
+During startup.
While in operation.
During shutdown
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
+ps
ls
rpm
df
In the named.conf file, which section appears first by default?
views
controls
+options
key
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tier-located Destination
+Top-level Domain
Tag-limited Delegation
Tree-level Denotation
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the client browser.
+To the TLD nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
Which of the following is the default path for the BIND/named configuration file?
/var/named.conf
/var/named/named.conf
+/etc/named.conf
/usr/lib/named.conf
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
/var/cpanel/keys
/etc/ssl
+/var/cpanel/domain_keys
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
Only the first record is returned.
+Both records are returned.
One record is randomly returned each time.
The zone is considered invalid.
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
EDIT:+"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
+Development mode (non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
Mail bomb attacks.
+Spoofing and unauthorized senders.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
+Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
+WHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
+A recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
+The A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
The zone is considered invalid.
If, because of incorrect customization, you cannot edit a zone in the WHM editor, which of the following WHM interfaces can you use to re-apply the zone template and remove any customizations?
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit MX Entry.
You must correct the zone from the command line, using utilities provided by the bind-utils package.
+WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
BIND/named
MyDNS
+PowerDNS
NSD
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the term clustering, in the context of a server hosting environment?
Installation of multiple instances of the same service software on one server, allowing multiple configurations to exist in the same environment.
+Two or more servers that all serve the same purpose configured in a distributed, connected environment.
Clustering is one server that provides a variety of different services that all work together to serve content.
One server that has a number of virtualized server environments within it, all serving their own content independently.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
+The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Public/Private Key pairs
+API Tokens
IP-based whitelisting
Passwords
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
The records are concatenated.
+The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Only the second record is used.
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
+Hostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Sender Verification
+Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Which of the following best describes one of the primary, intended purposes of a DNSOnly server?
+Providing a means of establishing DNS redundancy in a cluster configuration.
Assisting with the distribution of the workload involved with serving website content.
Specifically handling the processing of SPF and DKIM verification.
Testing DNS configurations before using them in production.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
+WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was deleted.
The message was delivered.
+The message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
+ Messages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Reject Message
Stop Processing Rules
Fail with message
+Discard Message
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
/dev/$USER/mail
/home/mail/$USER/
+/home/$USER/mail/
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
+Deletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
User-level email filters.
+Domain-level email filters.
Account-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message ID
+Exim ID
Message Routing Path
SpamAssassin Score
Which of the following commands will remove all messages sent by the spammer@example.tld user within the last 30 minutes?
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
+exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
Subject
+Exim ID
Message ID
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
+Select messages by sender address.
Select messages by recipient address.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by message ID.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nms
+maildir
eml
mbox
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
+Prints the number of messages in the mail queue.
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was sent from.
+The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The email account that the message was headed to.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
+Mail that HAS been read.
Mail that has NOT been read.
Messages that were flagged as spam.
Drafts of unsent messages.
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
+The user executing the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
+The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
+The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nmh
+mdbox
mbox
eml
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bt command?
Prints the send status of a specific message in the Exim queue based on a specified Exim ID.
This is not a valid Exim command.
+Prints the path that the message will take when Exim attempts delivery to a specified address.
Outputs the current count of messages that exist in the Exim queue.
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
Exim -Mr
exim -pt
+exim -bt
exim -rt
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
xxxx To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
Given the following options, which of these accurately describe the behavior of the Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to resolve a specific email address' domain.
It can report the remote or local authentication requirements based on a specific, provided email address.
It can report the remote or local results of a SpamAssassin message scan.
+It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to hand off messages for a specific email address.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Trusted Mail Users
Trusted SMTP Hosts
+Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
+Mail Delivery Reports
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Queue History
Mail Queue Manager
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The server's root mail contact.
The email's recipient.
+The email's sender.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
+WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
+Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
+The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
+WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
+The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is currently being backed up.
+Exceeds its assigned quota.
Is not enforcing encryption.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that sends mail to other servers.
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
+The component that validates user credentials.
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
+It is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
Which of the following options accurately describes the behavior of an open relay server?
An open relay server requires you to authenticate using a password.
+An open relay server does not require you to authenticate.
An open relay server operates by only handling mail coming from a specific list of IP addresses.
An open relay server will only relay messages sent directly by a telnet client.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Require HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
+Sender Verification
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
+That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
+The message contains an attachment.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
The message is small in size.
The message is large in size.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
Classified it as spam.
+Delayed it.
Rejected it.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
+Discard Message
Fail with message
Stop Processing Rules
Reject Message
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
+The user executing the command.
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The encoded email address
The message ID
+The Exim ID
The encoded server hostname
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -qcp
exim -bp
exim -bt
+exim -bpc
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
+Messages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
+Exim ID
Message ID
Subject
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
+exim -bt
exim -pt
exim -rt
Exim -Mr
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
+The message was deleted
The message was deferred.
The message was delivered.
The message was rejected.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
+Deletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
Server-level email filters.
Domain-level email filters.
+Account-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was delivered.
The message was deleted.
+The message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/dev/$USER/mail
/home/mail/$USER/
+/home/$USER/mail/
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was headed to.
+The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The email account that the message was sent from.
Which of the following Exim log entries would indicate that mail was deleted due to a filter?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
+1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
1YOv2S-0005IY-Vd <= test@cptest.test H=localhost
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bt command?
This is not a valid Exim command.
+Prints the path that the message will take when Exim attempts delivery to a specified address.
Outputs the current count of messages that exist in the Exim queue.
Prints the send status of a specific message in the Exim queue based on a specified Exim ID.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
mbox
+maildir
eml
nms
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
+Select messages by sender address.
Select messages by recipient address.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by message ID.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
+Prints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
+The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
mbox
nmh
+mdbox
eml
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
Rejected it.
+Delayed it.
Classified it as spam.
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
+It does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
+The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message is large in size.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
+The message contains an attachment.
The message is small in size.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Queue Manager
Mail Delivery Reports
+Mail Queue History
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
+That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account with have a low failure rate.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
+The account will have a high failure rate.
The account will report no failures.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Require HELO before MAIL
+Sender Verification
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
+Use the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message is from a particular email address.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
When the message is under a certain size.
+When the message is over a certain size.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is currently being backed up.
+Exceeds its assigned quota.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is not enforcing encryption
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
It is sending spam.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
+It is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
+Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The email's recipient.
The server's root mail contact.
+The email's sender.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
+The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
+There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
+Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Trusted SMTP Hosts
Trusted Mail Users
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
The message Is waiting in the queue.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
+The message has been permanently deleted.
Which of the following is the standard wildcard character used in SQL queries?
+%
*
@
!
Which of the following are utilities that you can use to try and repair a MySQL database while MySQL is running?
+The "mysqlcheck" command.
The "innochecksum" command.
The "myisamchk" command.
The "mysqladmin refresh" command.
Which of the following statements is not a legitimate SQL statement?
INSERT
UPDATE
+COPY
+REMOVE
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
+/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing storage engine plugin.
A missing data transaction log file.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
+An incomplete (partial) upgrade.
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
+MySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
+/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
Which term best describes an attribute used to sort or specify data, sometimes across tables, in the context of a MySQL database?
Transaction
+Index
Hash
Key
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can best be described as the executable that creates grants_[cpuser].yaml files from existing MySQL grants, as found within the existing mysql.user database?
dbstoregrants
dbmaptool
+restoregrants
rebuildgrants
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
setupnameserver
+restoregrants
dbmaptool
updatephpconf
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
+open_files_limit
default_character_set
innodb_file_per_table
binlog_cache_size
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Restore the file from an available backup.
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
+Run /scripts/fix-dbindex.
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
+By using the update_local_rpm_version script.
cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
+They can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
+To store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
In which subdirectory of a cPanel backup folder can individual database backups created within a cPanel account-level backup be found?
In the databases directory
In the _var_lib_mysql directory
+In the mysql directory
In the public_html directory
Which of the following statements about ~/.my.cnf files can be considered to be true?
.my.cnf files can only be used by the root user.
.my.cnf files can define startup options used by the mysqld daemon process.
.my.cnf files can be used by any user.
+.my.cnf files contain the MySQL password only in an encrypted state.
Which of the following variables in a cPanel & WHM server’s /etc/my.cnf file are set by default?
auto_increment_offset=2
+default-storage-engine=MyISAM
innodb-file-per-table=0
default-character-set=utf-8
Which of the following describes one of the important steps that should be taken after restoring a single database from a full cPanel backup, into a new database instance?
Ensure that all files within the database's folder in the data directory have been given root:root ownership.
+Associate the database and the database user with the cPanel user using the Database Map Tool.
Ensure that the db.opt file within the restored database folder has been assigned with the "immutable" attribute.
Re-import the individually stored grants file into the database to ensure permissions are retained.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
+Turn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
Leaving the MySQL daemon listening port open for the duration of the upgrade.
A heavily customized set of Apache VirtualHost template files exists on the environment.
Failing to perform a MySQL index flush via the information schema prior to upgrading.
+Aborting the upgrade, intentionally or otherwise, part-way through the procedure.
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
+MyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
+A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
XtraDB
Aria
+MyISAM
InnoDB
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MAC address
Remote API Token
Remote MySQL listening port
+Remote SSH port
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
+Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Encryption
Key constraint
+Locking
Grant
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
+MyISAM
InnoDB
XtraDB
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Locking
Key constraints
+Grants
Encryption
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
+There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
+After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
Additional MySQL® Hosts
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
+Change a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
24 characters.
10 characters.
+16 characters.
32 characters.
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
JSON
CSV
YAML
+SQL
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
Many-to-many
1:1 or Many-to-1
+1-to-1 (1:1) only
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only from one remote client at a time.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
+No remote access is provided by default.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
+Rename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
state
command
+info
query
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
+MySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can be best described as the executable that reads the grants_cpuser.yaml file, then adds the corresponding grants to MySQL.
dbindex
dbstoregrants
setupdbmap
+restoregrants
When should you make backups of your configuration files (or the my.cnf file in particular)?
Extremely often.
Never. There’s no reason to make backups of configuration files because you can rebuild them.
+When changes are made to the configuration.
Weekly.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
+By using the update_local_rpm_version script.
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
+cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
+They can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
Which of the following files can be found in the /var/cpanel/databases directory in a cPanel & WHM environment?
+dbindex.db.json
none of these
mysql-error.log
.frm files
Which of the following is the standard wildcard character used in SQL queries?
+%
@
*
!
Which of the following file extensions are associated specifically with MyISAM tables?
.sql
+.MYD
.ibd
.frm
Which of the following variables in a cPanel & WHM server’s /etc/my.cnf file are set by default?
auto_increment_offset=2
+default-storage-engine=MyISAM
default-character-set=utf-8
innodb-file-per-table=0
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing data transaction log file.
+An incomplete (partial) upgrade.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
A missing storage engine plugin.
What type of syntax is demonstrated in the following example, can also be found in some of cPanel's mapping-related files stored in the file system?
MYSQL:
animals:
animals:
- GRANT USAGE ON *.* TO 'animals'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*75FE48658430441870C524D7ECB8F71EADFAEFD1'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `birds`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `animals\_fish`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
PGSQL: {}
JSON
XML
+YAML
SQL
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
+/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
updatephpconf
setupnameserver
+restoregrants
dbmaptool
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
+/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Restore a single database backup.
+Relocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
+open_files_limit
default_character_set
binlog_cache_size
innodb_file_per_table
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
+Turn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what does the term USAGE ON indicate on the *.* value that follows?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
That only transaction privileges are restricted.
+That no privileges are given.
That full privileges are given.
That a limited set of restricted write privileges are given.
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
+The severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system
Which of the following statements about ~/.my.cnf files can be considered to be true?
.my.cnf files contain the MySQL password only in an encrypted state.
.my.cnf files can only be used by the root user.
.my.cnf files can define startup options used by the mysqld daemon process.
+.my.cnf files can be used by any user.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Additional MySQL® Hosts
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
4
3
+1
2
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
+Locking
Encryption
Grant
Key constraint
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
10 characters.
32 characters.
24 characters.
+16 characters.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Category
Entry
Type
+Field
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
+Grants
Encryption
Locking
Key constraints
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
command
query
state
+info
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
+No remote access is provided by default.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
Aria
+InnoDB
MyISAM
XtraDB
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Additional Access Hosts interface creates server-level grants that are similar to the grants that can be created in which of the following cPanel account-level Interfaces?
+cPanel Home >> Databases >> Remote MySQL
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Add Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Additional Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> MySQL Databases
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
+Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
+When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
Remote MAC address
+Remote SSH port
Remote API Token
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
CSV
YAML
JSON
+SQL
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
+Rename existing database users.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
XtraDB
Aria
InnoDB
+MyISAM
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Buffer pool
Constraint
+Index
Transaction
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
+There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
+Change a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
If a file or directory in a path being served by Apache contains incorrect permissions or uses improper user/group ownership values, which of the following HTTP status codes might you see in the Apache logs if a client were to request one of the affected paths?
408
+403
504
401
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following parent directories would you find a subdirectory that includes EasyApache's templates and userdata information, stored by cPanel?
/usr/local/cpanel/
/opt/cpanel/
/etc/apache2/
+/var/cpanel/
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that results in the status message shown below?
OK. The request was successful.
202
+200
101
500
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
+In the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The local proxy ID of the proxy that this request passed through.
The public key ID of the key used during an SSL request.
+The Apache process ID of the process that triggered the error.
The PHP process ID of the php process that handled this request
Which factor might affect the amount of Apache access/dom logs that exist on the server?
Based on a configuration variable value set within the httpd.conf file.
+Based on the number of virtual hosts that exist on the server.
Based on the number of cPanel accounts that exist on the server.
Based on a value given on the "Limit Apache Access Logs" setting, found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
+The size of the returned file (in bytes).
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The HTTP status code.
Which of the following best describes the difference between a process and a thread?
Threads can contain multiple processes, and the processes contained in the thread share its resources.
A thread is a special type of process that is utilized in HTTP 2.0.
Threads and processes are used synonymously.
+Processes can contain multiple threads, and the threads contained in the process share its resources.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The IP address of the resolver.
+The IP address of the requestor.
The IP address of the server.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The size of the file returned in bytes.
The process owner's user ID.
+The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
+It outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
Which of the following yum commands will install the EasyApache 4 mod_speling RPM?
yum add ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -Uvh ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum install ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -ivh ea-apache24-mod_speling
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
CGI
SCL
+DSO
MPM
Which of the following terms can best be described as the destination where a process can write normal output to, usually being to the terminal, server console ("screen"), unless redirected?
STDIN
STDIO
STDERR
+STDOUT
How does the scl command know which version of PHP it should use?
+You provide the PHP version as a command-line argument.
The .php-version file, if it exists, is used for reference.
The system's default PHP version is always used.
The .htaccess file, if it exists, is used for reference.
Which of the following yum commands would remove, or uninstall, the mod_speling RPM?
yum erase ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum remove ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -r ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -e ea-apache24-mod_speling
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
+PHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
Which of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
+PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/etc/php.conf
/usr/lib/php.cfg
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
+ea-php56
php56-ea4
multiPHP_5.6
ea-dso-php56
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
+It is set to the same value as the system default.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
WHM only
cPanel only
This must be done from the command-line interface.
+cPanel & WHM
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.0
+Apache 2.4
Apache 2.6
Apache 2.2
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
+JSON
SQLite
PDF
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
+mod_userdir
mod_php
mod_evasive
mod_itk
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
CPMOVE packages.
DEB packages.
+RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
+Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
max_execution_time
+memory_limit
user_dir
safe_mode
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
+Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_evasive
+mod_userdir
mod_php
mod_itk
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.0
Apache 2.2
+Apache 2.4
Apache 2.6
Which of the following options is NOT a real Multi-Processing Module (MPM) available for installation within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?
Worker
ITK
Prefork
+Postfork
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
+The version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
CPMOVE packages.
DEB packages.
+RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
+Reduced chance of critical Apache failures.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
max_execution_time
safe_mode
user_dir
+memory_limit
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
ea-dso-php56
+ea-php56
php56-ea4
multiPHP_5.6
If a user wants to utilize the system default version of PHP, which of the following selections would they enable for their account?
ea-php55
system
default
+inherit
Which of the following PHP handlers works on only one PHP version at a time?
PHP-FPM
CGI
SuPHP
+DSO
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
+Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
+Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
+DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The IP address that the Apache daemon is "listening" with.
A resulting IP address that has been translated by NAT.
+The inbound IP address of the node that requested the item that caused the error message.
The outbound address that is being used by Apache to send data back to the client.
What HTTP status code could be displayed in the Apache logs if a client requests a path containing a file or directory with incorrect permissions or improper user/group ownership values?
408
503
401
+500
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces the error shown below?
Unauthorized. A password is needed to see this page. The browser should prompt for a username and password.
403
404
+401
500
When operating within a cPanel & WHM environment, which of these commands would display all available EasyApache 4 packages from within the server's command line?
yum show "ea-*"
rpm show "ea-*"
yum find "ea-*"
+yum list "ea-*"
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
+The name of the Apache module that triggered the error.
An arbitrary label assigned to this type of log entry via the httpd.conf file.
An indication that this error comes from the Linux kernel, NOT the Apache software.
The log entry's severity level.
Which of the following terms can best be described as an input stream where data is sent to and read by a program?
STDIO
STDOUT
STDERR
+STDIN
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options describes a method you can use to change Apache's MPM from the command-line?
This change should only be performed through the WHM interface so that the appropriate, automated actions can take place for a safe transition.
+The "yum shell" command should be used to perform a batch transaction so that your web content does not produce errors.
Standard yum installs and removals can be safely used, as all EasyApache RPMs contain scripts that automate any necessary "before/after" measures.
EasyApache 4 only supports the Prefork MPM, so MPM changes are not necessary when operating in an EA4 environment.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
+The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The process owner's user ID.
The size of the file returned in bytes.
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that results in the status message shown below?
OK. The request was successful.
202
500
+200
101
Which of the following yum commands will install the EasyApache 4 mod_speling RPM?
yum add ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -Uvh ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum install ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -ivh ea-apache24-mod_speling
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following paths are used to store Apache's primary PHP configuration file ( php.conf) ?
/usr/local/lib/
/opt/cpanel/ea-php55/root/etc/
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/
/etc/cpanel/ea4/
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following utilities can you execute from the command-line to save the current set of Apache & PHP components defined in EasyApache into an EasyApache 4 profile?
/usr/bin/ea_install_profile
/etc/yum/ea_install_profile
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile
+/usr/local/bin/ea_current_to_profile
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
+DSO
CGI
MPM
SCL
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
+In the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
+The IP address of the requestor.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
The IP address of the server.
The IP address of the resolver.
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
+It outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
By default in a cPanel & WHM environment, the system logs cluster-related messages into which of the following log files?
/var/log/dnsadmin
/var/log/dnscluster.log
/var/log/named/named.log
+/usr/local/cpanel/logs/dnsadmin_log
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
+To standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
+named-checkconf
named --check-conf
named-check --conf
named --conf
What does the Error logging severity imply, when referring to BIND/named logs?
An event has been encountered during BIND/named operations that indicates standard operational events are occurring.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named application that is treated as a critical failure.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may eventually lead to more severe issues if not addressed.
+A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may allow further operations to continue.
Which of the following actions can you take to ensure that caching nameservers load the new information from your server after making multiple zone file changes in different zones?
The zones must be updated individually, one at a time.
Mass DNS Rsync
Batch Zone Update
+Zone Synchronization
In a BIND/named configuration file, which of these logging categories encompasses all categories that have not already been explicitly configured to use another channel?
general
standard
+default
catch-all
Which of the following utilities can be used to administer a BIND/named server remotely?
named
dnsadmin
bind-utils
+rndc
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
transfers
transfer-zones
recursion
+allow-transfer
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
Aliases
+ACLs
Logging Channels
Controls
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
+setupnameserver
setdnsserver
dnssetup
upcp --nameserver
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
+Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
Host application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
When you see a "rndc reload: connection refused" error, which of the following commands should you run first?
+/scripts/fixrndc
rndc reload
named --rndc-diag
/scripts/restartsrv_dns
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The bayesian database.
The TXT record.
+The serial number.
The cache value.
At which of the following stages of BIND/named DNS server operations might you encounter a zone or configuration syntax error?
When performing a recursive query.
+During startup.
While in operation.
During shutdown
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
+ps
ls
rpm
df
In the named.conf file, which section appears first by default?
views
controls
+options
key
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tier-located Destination
+Top-level Domain
Tag-limited Delegation
Tree-level Denotation
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the client browser.
+To the TLD nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
Which of the following is the default path for the BIND/named configuration file?
/var/named.conf
/var/named/named.conf
+/etc/named.conf
/usr/lib/named.conf
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
/var/cpanel/keys
/etc/ssl
+/var/cpanel/domain_keys
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
Only the first record is returned.
+Both records are returned.
One record is randomly returned each time.
The zone is considered invalid.
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
EDIT:+"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
+Development mode (non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
Mail bomb attacks.
+Spoofing and unauthorized senders.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
+Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
+WHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
+A recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
+The A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
The zone is considered invalid.
If, because of incorrect customization, you cannot edit a zone in the WHM editor, which of the following WHM interfaces can you use to re-apply the zone template and remove any customizations?
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit MX Entry.
You must correct the zone from the command line, using utilities provided by the bind-utils package.
+WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
BIND/named
MyDNS
+PowerDNS
NSD
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the term clustering, in the context of a server hosting environment?
Installation of multiple instances of the same service software on one server, allowing multiple configurations to exist in the same environment.
+Two or more servers that all serve the same purpose configured in a distributed, connected environment.
Clustering is one server that provides a variety of different services that all work together to serve content.
One server that has a number of virtualized server environments within it, all serving their own content independently.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
+The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Public/Private Key pairs
+API Tokens
IP-based whitelisting
Passwords
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
The records are concatenated.
+The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Only the second record is used.
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
+Hostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Sender Verification
+Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Which of the following best describes one of the primary, intended purposes of a DNSOnly server?
+Providing a means of establishing DNS redundancy in a cluster configuration.
Assisting with the distribution of the workload involved with serving website content.
Specifically handling the processing of SPF and DKIM verification.
Testing DNS configurations before using them in production.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
+WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
By default, which of the following sections appear first in the named.conf file?
controls
+options
key
views
After you make a number of zone file changes in different zones, if you want to ensure that caching nameservers know to load the new information from your server, which of the following, single procedures can you perform to accomplish this?
+Zone Synchronization
Mass DNS Rsync
The zones must be updated individually, one at a time.
Batch Zone Update
Which of the following nameserver applications does not load all of its DNS zones upon startup?
NSD
MyDNS
+PowerDNS
BIND/named
In a BIND/named configuration file, which of these logging categories encompasses all categories that have not already been explicitly configured to use another channel?
general
+default
catch-all
standard
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
+Host application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
A default cPanel & WHM environment configures a custom logging channel, default_log, to log to which of the following paths?
/var/named/logs/named.log
+/var/log/named/named.log
/var/log/named.log
/var/log/messages
What does the acronym ACL represent, in the context of a BIND/named configuration (among other contexts)?
Amended Command Label
Access Command Limit
+Access Control List
Answer Control Limit
To retrieve the IPv6 record of a domain, you would query for which of the following records in a domain?
IPv6
A
+AAAA
V6
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tier-located Destination
Tag-limited Delegation
Tree-level Denotation
+Top-level Domain
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
To the client browser.
+To the TLD nameserver.
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores DNS zone template files within which of the following paths?
/var/named/templates
+/var/cpanel/zonetemplates
/var/cpanel/zones
/etc/zonetemplates
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
+To standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
Which section of the named.conf file controls BIND/named's listening port?
network
system
+options
source
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/etc/ssl
+/var/cpanel/domain_keys
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
/var/cpanel/keys
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
+ps
rpm
ls
df
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
named-check --conf
+named-checkconf
named --check-conf
named --conf
By default, which of these logging categories are routed into the default_log channel, in a BIND/named DNS server configuration?
+general
config
standard
update
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
+allow-transfer
transfer-zones
transfers
recursion
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
+/etc/named.conf
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
setdnsserver
upcp --nameserver
dnssetup
+setupnameserver
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
+Hostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Register a domain.
+Change an MX record.
Update whois information.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
By default, cPanel creates SPF records in which of the following modes?
Development mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
+"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
+Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
None of these.
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
IP-based whitelisting
+API Tokens
Public/Private Key pairs
Passwords
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
+A nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A root nameserver.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
+WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
+WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
Mail bomb attacks.
+Spoofing and unauthorized senders.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
example.com
com.example.mail
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
+DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
+cPanel » Domains » Subdomains
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
The private IP address.
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
+The public IP address.
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
+dig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
Yudith runs a small web-hosting company. She has added and removed several zones manually but has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. Fortunately, this zone did not contain any custom records.
Given the situation, which of the following WHM interfaces should she utilize to re-create the zone?
This can only be done from the command line.
+WHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
+Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
This cannot be done in WHM.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
+WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
+The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
+Discard Message
Fail with message
Stop Processing Rules
Reject Message
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
+The user executing the command.
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The encoded email address
The message ID
+The Exim ID
The encoded server hostname
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -qcp
exim -bp
exim -bt
+exim -bpc
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
+Messages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
+Exim ID
Message ID
Subject
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
+exim -bt
exim -pt
exim -rt
Exim -Mr
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
+The message was deleted
The message was deferred.
The message was delivered.
The message was rejected.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
+Deletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
Server-level email filters.
Domain-level email filters.
+Account-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was delivered.
The message was deleted.
+The message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/dev/$USER/mail
/home/mail/$USER/
+/home/$USER/mail/
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was headed to.
+The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The email account that the message was sent from.
Which of the following Exim log entries would indicate that mail was deleted due to a filter?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
+1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
1YOv2S-0005IY-Vd <= test@cptest.test H=localhost
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bt command?
This is not a valid Exim command.
+Prints the path that the message will take when Exim attempts delivery to a specified address.
Outputs the current count of messages that exist in the Exim queue.
Prints the send status of a specific message in the Exim queue based on a specified Exim ID.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
mbox
+maildir
eml
nms
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
+Select messages by sender address.
Select messages by recipient address.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by message ID.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
+Prints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
+The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
mbox
nmh
+mdbox
eml
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
Rejected it.
+Delayed it.
Classified it as spam.
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
+It does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
+The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message is large in size.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
+The message contains an attachment.
The message is small in size.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Queue Manager
Mail Delivery Reports
+Mail Queue History
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
+That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account with have a low failure rate.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
+The account will have a high failure rate.
The account will report no failures.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Require HELO before MAIL
+Sender Verification
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
+Use the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message is from a particular email address.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
When the message is under a certain size.
+When the message is over a certain size.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is currently being backed up.
+Exceeds its assigned quota.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is not enforcing encryption
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
It is sending spam.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
+It is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
+Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The email's recipient.
The server's root mail contact.
+The email's sender.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
+The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
+There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
+Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Trusted SMTP Hosts
Trusted Mail Users
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
The message Is waiting in the queue.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
+The message has been permanently deleted.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was deleted.
The message was delivered.
+The message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
+ Messages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Reject Message
Stop Processing Rules
Fail with message
+Discard Message
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
/dev/$USER/mail
/home/mail/$USER/
+/home/$USER/mail/
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
+Deletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
User-level email filters.
+Domain-level email filters.
Account-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message ID
+Exim ID
Message Routing Path
SpamAssassin Score
Which of the following commands will remove all messages sent by the spammer@example.tld user within the last 30 minutes?
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
+exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
Subject
+Exim ID
Message ID
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
+Select messages by sender address.
Select messages by recipient address.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by message ID.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nms
+maildir
eml
mbox
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
+Prints the number of messages in the mail queue.
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was sent from.
+The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The email account that the message was headed to.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
+Mail that HAS been read.
Mail that has NOT been read.
Messages that were flagged as spam.
Drafts of unsent messages.
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
+The user executing the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
+The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
+The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nmh
+mdbox
mbox
eml
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bt command?
Prints the send status of a specific message in the Exim queue based on a specified Exim ID.
This is not a valid Exim command.
+Prints the path that the message will take when Exim attempts delivery to a specified address.
Outputs the current count of messages that exist in the Exim queue.
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
Exim -Mr
exim -pt
+exim -bt
exim -rt
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
xxxx To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
Given the following options, which of these accurately describe the behavior of the Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to resolve a specific email address' domain.
It can report the remote or local authentication requirements based on a specific, provided email address.
It can report the remote or local results of a SpamAssassin message scan.
+It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to hand off messages for a specific email address.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Trusted Mail Users
Trusted SMTP Hosts
+Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
+Mail Delivery Reports
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Queue History
Mail Queue Manager
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The server's root mail contact.
The email's recipient.
+The email's sender.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
+WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
+Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
+The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
+WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
+The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is currently being backed up.
+Exceeds its assigned quota.
Is not enforcing encryption.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that sends mail to other servers.
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
+The component that validates user credentials.
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
+It is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
Which of the following options accurately describes the behavior of an open relay server?
An open relay server requires you to authenticate using a password.
+An open relay server does not require you to authenticate.
An open relay server operates by only handling mail coming from a specific list of IP addresses.
An open relay server will only relay messages sent directly by a telnet client.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Require HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
+Sender Verification
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
+That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
+The message contains an attachment.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
The message is small in size.
The message is large in size.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
Classified it as spam.
+Delayed it.
Rejected it.
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
+MySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can be best described as the executable that reads the grants_cpuser.yaml file, then adds the corresponding grants to MySQL.
dbindex
dbstoregrants
setupdbmap
+restoregrants
When should you make backups of your configuration files (or the my.cnf file in particular)?
Extremely often.
Never. There’s no reason to make backups of configuration files because you can rebuild them.
+When changes are made to the configuration.
Weekly.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
+By using the update_local_rpm_version script.
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
+cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
+They can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
Which of the following files can be found in the /var/cpanel/databases directory in a cPanel & WHM environment?
+dbindex.db.json
none of these
mysql-error.log
.frm files
Which of the following is the standard wildcard character used in SQL queries?
+%
@
*
!
Which of the following file extensions are associated specifically with MyISAM tables?
.sql
+.MYD
.ibd
.frm
Which of the following variables in a cPanel & WHM server’s /etc/my.cnf file are set by default?
auto_increment_offset=2
+default-storage-engine=MyISAM
default-character-set=utf-8
innodb-file-per-table=0
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing data transaction log file.
+An incomplete (partial) upgrade.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
A missing storage engine plugin.
What type of syntax is demonstrated in the following example, can also be found in some of cPanel's mapping-related files stored in the file system?
MYSQL:
animals:
animals:
- GRANT USAGE ON *.* TO 'animals'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*75FE48658430441870C524D7ECB8F71EADFAEFD1'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `birds`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `animals\_fish`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
PGSQL: {}
JSON
XML
+YAML
SQL
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
+/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
updatephpconf
setupnameserver
+restoregrants
dbmaptool
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
+/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Restore a single database backup.
+Relocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
+open_files_limit
default_character_set
binlog_cache_size
innodb_file_per_table
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
+Turn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what does the term USAGE ON indicate on the *.* value that follows?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
That only transaction privileges are restricted.
+That no privileges are given.
That full privileges are given.
That a limited set of restricted write privileges are given.
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
+The severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system
Which of the following statements about ~/.my.cnf files can be considered to be true?
.my.cnf files contain the MySQL password only in an encrypted state.
.my.cnf files can only be used by the root user.
.my.cnf files can define startup options used by the mysqld daemon process.
+.my.cnf files can be used by any user.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Additional MySQL® Hosts
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
4
3
+1
2
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
+Locking
Encryption
Grant
Key constraint
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
10 characters.
32 characters.
24 characters.
+16 characters.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Category
Entry
Type
+Field
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
+Grants
Encryption
Locking
Key constraints
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
command
query
state
+info
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
+No remote access is provided by default.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
Aria
+InnoDB
MyISAM
XtraDB
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Additional Access Hosts interface creates server-level grants that are similar to the grants that can be created in which of the following cPanel account-level Interfaces?
+cPanel Home >> Databases >> Remote MySQL
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Add Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Additional Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> MySQL Databases
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
+Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
+When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
Remote MAC address
+Remote SSH port
Remote API Token
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
CSV
YAML
JSON
+SQL
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
+Rename existing database users.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
XtraDB
Aria
InnoDB
+MyISAM
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Buffer pool
Constraint
+Index
Transaction
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
+There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
+Change a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Which of the following is the standard wildcard character used in SQL queries?
+%
*
@
!
Which of the following are utilities that you can use to try and repair a MySQL database while MySQL is running?
+The "mysqlcheck" command.
The "innochecksum" command.
The "myisamchk" command.
The "mysqladmin refresh" command.
Which of the following statements is not a legitimate SQL statement?
INSERT
UPDATE
+COPY
+REMOVE
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
+/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing storage engine plugin.
A missing data transaction log file.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
+An incomplete (partial) upgrade.
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
+MySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
+/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
Which term best describes an attribute used to sort or specify data, sometimes across tables, in the context of a MySQL database?
Transaction
+Index
Hash
Key
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can best be described as the executable that creates grants_[cpuser].yaml files from existing MySQL grants, as found within the existing mysql.user database?
dbstoregrants
dbmaptool
+restoregrants
rebuildgrants
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
setupnameserver
+restoregrants
dbmaptool
updatephpconf
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
+open_files_limit
default_character_set
innodb_file_per_table
binlog_cache_size
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Restore the file from an available backup.
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
+Run /scripts/fix-dbindex.
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
+By using the update_local_rpm_version script.
cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
+They can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
+To store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
In which subdirectory of a cPanel backup folder can individual database backups created within a cPanel account-level backup be found?
In the databases directory
In the _var_lib_mysql directory
+In the mysql directory
In the public_html directory
Which of the following statements about ~/.my.cnf files can be considered to be true?
.my.cnf files can only be used by the root user.
.my.cnf files can define startup options used by the mysqld daemon process.
.my.cnf files can be used by any user.
+.my.cnf files contain the MySQL password only in an encrypted state.
Which of the following variables in a cPanel & WHM server’s /etc/my.cnf file are set by default?
auto_increment_offset=2
+default-storage-engine=MyISAM
innodb-file-per-table=0
default-character-set=utf-8
Which of the following describes one of the important steps that should be taken after restoring a single database from a full cPanel backup, into a new database instance?
Ensure that all files within the database's folder in the data directory have been given root:root ownership.
+Associate the database and the database user with the cPanel user using the Database Map Tool.
Ensure that the db.opt file within the restored database folder has been assigned with the "immutable" attribute.
Re-import the individually stored grants file into the database to ensure permissions are retained.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
+Turn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
Leaving the MySQL daemon listening port open for the duration of the upgrade.
A heavily customized set of Apache VirtualHost template files exists on the environment.
Failing to perform a MySQL index flush via the information schema prior to upgrading.
+Aborting the upgrade, intentionally or otherwise, part-way through the procedure.
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
+MyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
+A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
XtraDB
Aria
+MyISAM
InnoDB
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MAC address
Remote API Token
Remote MySQL listening port
+Remote SSH port
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
+Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Encryption
Key constraint
+Locking
Grant
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
+MyISAM
InnoDB
XtraDB
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Locking
Key constraints
+Grants
Encryption
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
+There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
+After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
Additional MySQL® Hosts
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
+Change a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
24 characters.
10 characters.
+16 characters.
32 characters.
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
JSON
CSV
YAML
+SQL
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
Many-to-many
1:1 or Many-to-1
+1-to-1 (1:1) only
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only from one remote client at a time.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
+No remote access is provided by default.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
+Rename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
state
command
+info
query
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
+ Reduced chance of critical Apache failures.
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
+PHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
WHM only
This must be done from the command-line interface.
+cPanel & WHM
cPanel only
Which of the following PHP handlers works on only one PHP version at a time?
SuPHP
PHP-FPM
+DSO
CGI
Why is it suggested against using PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk?
mod_ruid2 and mpm_itk will provide extreme efficiency benefits to PHP DSO.
PHP DSO runs as the user nobody by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
+This is a legacy suggestion. It is now safe to use PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk.
PHP DSO runs as the user root by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
+Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
+The version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
The version that is installed first, before an
If a user wants to utilize the system default version of PHP, which of the following selections would they enable for their account?
system
+inherit
default
ea-php55
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/usr/lib/php.cfg
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
/etc/php.conf
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
Which of the following options is NOT a real Multi-Processing Module (MPM) available for installation within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?
ITK
Worker
+Postfork
Prefork
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
ea-dso-php56
multiPHP_5.6
+ea-php56
php56-ea4
Which of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
+PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_evasive
mod_php
+mod_userdir
mod_itk
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, within which of the following WHM interfaces can you adjust the server's default PHP version?
This can be adjusted from within WHM's Apache Configuration interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Configuration interface.
+This can be adjusted from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Versions interface.
You're operating in a PHP 5.6 environment and using DSO as your PHP handler. You've created a .user.ini file in your website's public_html folder, but are not seeing your changes reflected.
Of the following choices, which of these most accurately describes the issue that is occurring here?
+An .htaccess file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing the appropriate syntax for declaring PHP values.
A file that ends in in .ini should be created in the /opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.d folder, containing the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
The .user.ini should be in the user's home folder, not in the public_html folder.
A php.ini file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing only the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
+memory_limit
max_execution_time
safe_mode
user_dir
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
+DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
+Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
If you suspect that mail sent to the user who is over their quota is not delivered, which of the following WHM interfaces might you look to confirm why the message was not delivered?
+WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports
WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager
WHM Home » Email » Exim Reports Manager
WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
+Delayed it.
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
Rejected it.
Classified it as spam.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
+The email's sender.
The server's root mail contact.
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The email's recipient.
Which of the following mail diagnostics are available within the WHM interface, and can help you troubleshoot mail?
A diagnostic tool that will attempt to recreate all of an account's hidden mail files and folders.
A diagnostic tool that performs a permission reset or a reset on an account’s mailbox files permissions on an account's mailbox files and folders.
+A diagnostic tool that provides a telnet-like interface, allowing you to manually reproduce the SMTP process.
A webmail-like browser that allows you to view all mail accounts on the server in a single interface.
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
+WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
When the message is under a certain size.
When the message is from a particular email address.
+When the message is over a certain size.
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
It is sending spam.
+It is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
The component that sends mail to other servers.
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
+The component that validates user credentials.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
+There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account with have a low failure rate.
+The account will have a high failure rate.
The account will report no failures.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
+It does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
Which of the following options describe an actual value that can be adjusted within the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration interface?
None of these options are found on the Mailserver Configuration interface.
Controlling whether monitoring of the Dovecot service is enabled or disabled.
+Controlling the maximum and spare quantities of authentication daemon processes.
Controlling the time and frequency of system updates to the Dovecot software.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
+The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
+Mail Queue Manager
Mail Queue History
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Delivery Reports
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
+To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
+That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
+Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
+WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly returned each time.
Only the first record is returned.
+Both records are returned.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
+++Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
+cPanel » Domains » Subdomains
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
+dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
+WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
example.com
com.example.mail
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Update whois information.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
Register a domain.
+Change an MX record.
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
+"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
Pending mode (non-production)
Development mode (non-production)
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
+The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
You cannot send mail from the domain.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
The zone is considered invalid.
+The A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
cPanel offers a DNSOnly installation specifically for using a standard cPanel & WHM environment in a DNS cluster configuration. Which of the following is the standard license cost associated with DNSOnly?”
+Free.
$35
$20
$15
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
+DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
Both the public and private IP addresses.
The private IP address.
+The public IP address.
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
+The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
The records are concatenated.
Only the second record is used.
Yudith manages a small web hosting company and has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. The deleted zone did not contain any custom records.
Which of the following interfaces in WHM should she use to recreate the zone?
+WHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
This can only be done from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in WHM can be best described as the copying of one updated zone file to the current server, based on the value you provide as the domain you wish to synchronize?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
xSynchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Sender Verification
+Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
Use your server's primary IP address.
+Your hosting provider or data center.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
Remote MAC address
+Remote SSH port
Remote API Token
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Constraint
Transaction
Buffer pool
+Index
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Additional Access Hosts interface creates server-level grants that are similar to the grants that can be created in which of the following cPanel account-level Interfaces?
+cPanel Home >> Databases >> Remote MySQL
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Add Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Additional Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> MySQL Databases
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
+Primarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
+When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
MySQL® Connections
Additional MySQL® Hosts
Remote MySQL® Hosts
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Key constraints
Locking
+Grants
Encryption
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
state
query
+info
command
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
3
+1
4
2
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
+A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
+No remote access is provided by default.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
Only from one remote client at a time.
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
+1-to-1 (1:1) only
1:1 or Many-to-1
Many-to-many
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
YAML
+SQL
JSON
CSV
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
+After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
Failing to perform a MySQL index flush via the information schema prior to upgrading.
A heavily customized set of Apache VirtualHost template files exists on the environment.
+Aborting the upgrade, intentionally or otherwise, part-way through the procedure.
Leaving the MySQL daemon listening port open for the duration of the upgrade.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
+16 characters.
10 characters.
32 characters.
24 characters.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Databases interface allows you to do which of the following operations?
Delete or create new MySQL/MariaDB databases.
+Remap your MySQL/MariaDB databases to other existing accounts.
Automate renaming of a MySQL/MariaDB database.
Change the password strength requirements for MySQL/MariaDB users.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Category
Entry
+Field
Type
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Rename an existing table within a database.
+Change a database user's password.
How many layers does Imunify360 specify in its defined approach to establishing a secure Linux server environment?
*+A six-layer approach
A three-layer approach
A ten-layer approach
A one-layer approach
Into which of the following lists does a malicious IP get added into automatically, once detected by Imunify360's heuristics?
Black List
Null List
*+Gray List
White List
Which of the following indicates the component of Imunify360 that detects and blocks malicious PHP scripts at runtime?
Intrusion Defense
*+Proactive Defense
Reactive Defense
Malware Scanner
Which of the following indicates a component that handles kernel patch management, and does not require reboot upon updating?
Yum
ModSecurity
HardenPHP
*+KernelCare
Which of the following indicates a component that visualizes the geographical distribution of incidents on the Imunify Dashboard?
Charts
*+Heatmap
Incidents
Xray
Within which tab found in the Imunify360 user interface displays charts of incidents detected and prevented, as well as recommendations and summary statistics?
Malware Scanner
Heatmap
*+Dashboard
Firewall
How many days does Imunify360 allow for its trial period?
360 days
14 days
*+30 days
7 days
Which of the following Imunify360 components is utilized to detect malicious files on the server?
Intrusion Detection Scanner
*+Malware Scanner
Exploit Scanner
Reputation Management
Within which of the following tabs of the User Interface can all recorded alerts and incidents up to the last month be found?
Firewall
*+Dashboard
Configuration
Settings
Which of the following domains can be successfully used to access Imunify360's official documentation?
manual.imunify360.com
support.imunify360.com
*+docs.imunify360.com
help.imunify360.com
In which of the following lists would you add an IP address that should always be considered legitimate, and should never be blocked in any circumstances?
*+White
Authorized
Black
Gray
When viewing the Incidents tab of the User Interface, what color of 'bubble' containing an IP would indicate that the IP is not in any list and that the IP address is not blocked?
Red
*+Blue
Yellow
Green
Which of the following users must Imunify360 be installed as?
sudo
'nobody'
Any user may be used.
*+root
Which of the following indicates the type of challenge that is shown for all requests originating from Graylisted IP addresses?
*+CAPTCHA
Turing
IceBucket
GrSec
Which of the following ensures that the 'defense' mode of the Proactive Defense component of Imunify360 is used?
*+Kill Mode
PHP Mode
Restrict Mode
Log Mode
Within which tab of the Imunify360 user interface can blocked ports be managed?
Heatmap
*+Firewall
Dashboard
Settings
Which of the following commands can be used to perform Imunify360-related tasks from within the command-line interface?
*+imunify360-agent
imunifyctl
i360d
cloudlinux-agent
Which of the following components handles all HTTP requests from a CDN to identify IP authenticity?
Proactive Defense
Reactive Defense
NetCheck
*+WebShield
Which of the following indicates the standalone, free malware scanner software solution that is made available for cPanel by the Imunify development team?
ImunifyLite
Imunify360
*+ImunifyAV
Imunify QuickPatch
Which of the following types of licenses does Imunify360 support, along with key-based licenses?
SSH
Incident
*+IP
GrSec
You're operating in a PHP 5.6 environment and using DSO as your PHP handler. You've created a .user.ini file in your website's public_html folder, but are not seeing your changes reflected.
Of the following choices, which of these most accurately describes the issue that is occurring here?
The .user.ini should be in the user's home folder, not in the public_html folder.
A php.ini file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing only the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
+An .htaccess file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing the appropriate syntax for declaring PHP values.
A file that ends in in .ini should be created in the /opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.d folder, containing the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
This must be done from the command-line interface.
WHM only
cPanel only
+cPanel & WHM
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
FCGId
+suPHP
DSO
MPM
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
PDF
+JSON
YAML
SQLite
Which of the following options best describes the procedure needed to enable the BlueHost SymLink Protection Patch?
+ Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Apache Configuration's Global Configuration interface
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
+The version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
+Reduced chance of critical Apache failures.
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
+PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/etc/php.conf
+/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/usr/lib/php.cfg
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
+It is set to the same value as the system default.
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
+DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
+mod_userdir
mod_evasive
mod_itk
mod_php
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
DEB packages.
CPMOVE packages.
+RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
Why is it suggested against using PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk?
mod_ruid2 and mpm_itk will provide extreme efficiency benefits to PHP DSO.
PHP DSO runs as the user root by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
This is a legacy suggestion. It is now safe to use PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk.
+PHP DSO runs as the user nobody by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
+You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The local proxy ID of the proxy that this request passed through.
The PHP process ID of the php process that handled this request.
+The Apache process ID of the process that triggered the error.
The public key ID of the key used during an SSL request.
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces an error like the one shown below?
Forbidden. Access was denied to at least one relevant file.
404
+403
401
500
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The HTTP status code.
+The size of the returned file (in bytes).
What HTTP status code could be displayed in the Apache logs if a client requests a path containing a file or directory with incorrect permissions or improper user/group ownership values?
408
+500
503
401
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The process owner's user ID.
The size of the file returned in bytes.
+The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
An indication that this error comes from the Linux kernel, NOT the Apache software.
The log entry's severity level.
An arbitrary label assigned to this type of log entry via the httpd.conf file.
+The name of the Apache module that triggered the error.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The IP address that the Apache daemon is "listening" with.
The outbound address that is being used by Apache to send data back to the client.
+The inbound IP address of the node that requested the item that caused the error message.
A resulting IP address that has been translated by NAT.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following paths would you be able to find the Apache modules stored?
/usr/local/cpanel/apache2/modules/
/etc/apache2/modules.d/
+/etc/apache2/modules/
/usr/lib/apache2/
Which of the following terms can best be described as the destination where a process can write normal output to, usually being to the terminal, server console ("screen"), unless redirected?
STDIN
STDERR
STDIO
+STDOUT
When administering a server running cPanel & WHM, which of the following commands contains the appropriate paths and arguments needed to install an EasyApache 4 profile from the command-line?
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /usr/local/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.yaml
+/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /etc/cpanel/ea4/profiles/cpanel/default.json
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following utilities can you execute from the command-line to save the current set of Apache & PHP components defined in EasyApache into an EasyApache 4 profile?
+/usr/local/bin/ea_current_to_profile
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile
/usr/bin/ea_install_profile
/etc/yum/ea_install_profile
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
CGI
MPM
+DSO
SCL
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
+In the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Of the following, which of these options describe information that can be obtained by using the yum info command?
+The plugins currently being loaded by the yum application.
The list of only the available, but not yet installed, packages from the installed repositories.
The dependencies of all installed packages on the system.
The list of only the currently installed packages, but not the available ones from the installed repositories.
Which of the following yum commands would remove, or uninstall, the mod_speling RPM?
yum erase ea-apache24-mod_speling
+yum remove ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -e ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -r ea-apache24-mod_speling
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
+It outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
Which of the following commands can you use to set up SPF from the command-line, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
+/usr/local/cpanel/bin/spf_installer
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/add_spf
/usr/local/bin/instspf
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/ssl_setup --spf
Which of the following utilities can be used to administer a BIND/named server remotely?
named
+rndc
bind-utils
dnsadmin
A default cPanel & WHM environment configures a custom logging channel, default_log, to log to which of the following paths?
/var/log/messages
/var/log/named.log
+/var/log/named/named.log
/var/named/logs/named.log
To retrieve the IPv6 record of a domain, you would query for which of the following records in a domain?
IPv6
V6
A
+AAAA
Which section of the named.conf file controls BIND/named's listening port?
system
network
source
+options
Which of the following file names follows the naming convention for a BIND/named zone file?
domain.net.zone
+domain.net.db
domain.net.dns
domain.net
When a remote mail exchanger handles a domain's mail, which of the following files must include the domain?
/etc/domains
/etc/remote_exchangers
+/etc/remotedomains
/etc/remotemail
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
+/etc/named.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tree-level Denotation
Tier-located Destination
+Top-level Domain
Tag-limited Delegation
Which of the following nameserver applications does not load all of its DNS zones upon startup?
PowerDNS
BIND/named
NSD
+MyDNS
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
+/var/cpanel/domain_keys
/var/cpanel/keys
/etc/ssl
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
By default, which of these logging categories are routed into the default_log channel, in a BIND/named DNS server configuration?
update
+general
config
standard
By default in a cPanel & WHM environment, the system logs cluster-related messages into which of the following log files?
/var/log/named/named.log
/var/log/dnsadmin
/var/log/dnscluster.log
+/usr/local/cpanel/logs/dnsadmin_log
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
recursion
transfer-zones
transfers
+allow-transfer
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores DNS zone template files within which of the following paths?
/var/cpanel/zones
/var/named/templates
/etc/zonetemplates
+/var/cpanel/zonetemplates
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
rpm
df
+ps
ls
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
+To standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
dnssetup
setdnsserver
+setupnameserver
upcp --nameserver
After you update a zone's serial number (or any other record), which of the following commands can you execute to ensure that your local nameserver has been updated to use the new zone data?
named --refresh
rndc --load
+rndc reload
rndc refresh
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
+ACLs
Logging Channels
Aliases
Controls
If, because of incorrect customization, you cannot edit a zone in the WHM editor, which of the following WHM interfaces can you use to re-apply the zone template and remove any customizations?
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit MX Entry.
You must correct the zone from the command line, using utilities provided by the bind-utils package.
+WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
+To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
+Both records are returned.
Only the first record is returned.
The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly returned each time.
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the term clustering, in the context of a server hosting environment?
One server that has a number of virtualized server environments within it, all serving their own content independently.
Installation of multiple instances of the same service software on one server, allowing multiple configurations to exist in the same environment.
Clustering is one server that provides a variety of different services that all work together to serve content.
+Two or more servers that all serve the same purpose configured in a distributed, connected environment.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
You cannot send mail from the domain.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
+The A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
The zone is considered invalid.
Which of the following best describes one of the primary, intended purposes of a DNSOnly server?
Specifically handling the processing of SPF and DKIM verification.
Assisting with the distribution of the workload involved with serving website content.
+Providing a means of establishing DNS redundancy in a cluster configuration.
Testing DNS configurations before using them in production.
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in WHM can be best described as the copying of one updated zone file to the current server, based on the value you provide as the domain you wish to synchronize?
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
+Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Passwords
IP-based whitelisting
+API Tokens
Public/Private Key pairs
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
+Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you perform a graceful restart of the nameserver software?
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Restart Nameserver
+WHM Home >> Restart Services >> DNS Server
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Restart Nameserver
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
+Hostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
example.com
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
+0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
+WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
This cannot be done in WHM.
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
Only the second record is used.
The records are concatenated.
One record is randomly selected each time.
+The zone is considered invalid.
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
+WHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
+cPanel » Domains » Subdomains
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
+Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
BIND/named
NSD
+PowerDNS
MyDNS
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
+Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
None of these.
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
+DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Select messages by message ID.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by recipient address.
+Select messages by sender address.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
+Deletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
Messages that were flagged as spam.
Mail that has NOT been read.
Drafts of unsent messages.
+Mail that HAS been read.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Stop Processing Rules
+Discard Message
Fail with message
Reject Message
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
+Prints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
+The message was deferred.
The message was deleted.
The message was rejected.
The message was delivered.
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The exit signal that terminated the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
+The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
The user executing the command.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
+Account-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
Domain-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
+exim -bt
exim -pt
Exim -Mr
exim -rt
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
+The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
Given the following options, which one would be descriptive of behavior most likely to indicate that a spam problem is occurring?
A sudden spike arriving in the mail queue due to a scheduled mailing list task.
+A large number of failed messages reported.
A steady stream of mail originating from a script located within a directory on the file system that contains an active discussion forum.
None of these options indicate a spam issue.
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
+Exim ID
Message ID
Subject
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
eml
+mdbox
nmh
mbox
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
+Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
Messages older than the number of seconds given.
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/home/mail/$USER/
+/home/$USER/mail/
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
/dev/$USER/mail
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message ID
+Exim ID
Message Routing Path
SpamAssassin Score
Which of the following describes the primary role of the exim -Mvb command?
Prints the verbose output of the exim daemon's diagnostic data from a message send.
Prints the routing path of a message based on a specified email address.
+Prints the message body when given the Exim ID.
Prints a count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
+The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was headed to.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
+The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The email account that the message was sent from.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
The message was delivered.
The message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
+The message was deleted
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
+WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
+Sender Verification Callouts
Sender Verification
Require HELO before MAIL
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Delivery Reports
Mail Queue Manager
+Mail Queue History
Mail Delivery Status
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
+It does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
+WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
+The message has been permanently deleted.
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
The message Is waiting in the queue.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
+That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
+The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
+The email's sender.
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The email's recipient.
The server's root mail contact.
Which of the following options describe an actual value that can be adjusted within the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration interface?
+Controlling the maximum and spare quantities of authentication daemon processes.
Controlling whether monitoring of the Dovecot service is enabled or disabled.
None of these options are found on the Mailserver Configuration interface.
Controlling the time and frequency of system updates to the Dovecot software.
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
+Use the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
+It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
+There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that sends mail to other servers.
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
+The component that validates user credentials.
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
+The message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
+Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message is large in size.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
+The message contains an attachment.
The message is small in size.
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
+It is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is not enforcing encryption.
+Exceeds its assigned quota.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is currently being backed up.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account with have a low failure rate.
The account will report no failures.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
+The account will have a high failure rate.
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
+Change a database user's password.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
+Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
Failing to perform a MySQL index flush via the information schema prior to upgrading.
Leaving the MySQL daemon listening port open for the duration of the upgrade.
+Aborting the upgrade, intentionally or otherwise, part-way through the procedure.
A heavily customized set of Apache VirtualHost template files exists on the environment.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
+No remote access is provided by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Transaction
Buffer pool
Constraint
+Index
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote API Token
Remote MAC address
Remote MySQL listening port
+Remote SSH port
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
+MyISAM
XtraDB
InnoDB
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
XtraDB
+MyISAM
InnoDB
Aria
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Grant
Key constraint
Encryption
+Locking
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
+There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
query
+info
command
state
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Additional MySQL® Hosts
+Manage MySQL® Profiles
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
+When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
+A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
+16 characters.
24 characters.
32 characters.
10 characters.
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
+1
3
4
2
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Databases interface allows you to do which of the following operations?
Automate renaming of a MySQL/MariaDB database.
Delete or create new MySQL/MariaDB databases.
Change the password strength requirements for MySQL/MariaDB users.
+Remap your MySQL/MariaDB databases to other existing accounts.
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
+1-to-1 (1:1) only
1:1 or Many-to-1
Many-to-many
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
+Rename existing database users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
+After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what do the wildcard asterisks represent in the *.* shown below?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
+[database].[table]
[hostname or IP].[database]
[username].[groupname]
[username].[hostname or IP]
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
dbmaptool
setupnameserver
+restoregrants
updatephpconf
What type of syntax is demonstrated in the following example, can also be found in some of cPanel's mapping-related files stored in the file system?MYSQL:
animals:
animals:
- GRANT USAGE ON *.* TO 'animals'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*75FE48658430441870C524D7ECB8F71EADFAEFD1'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `birds`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
- GRANT ALL PRIVILEGES ON `animals\_fish`.* TO 'animals'@'localhost'
PGSQL: {}
YAML
XML
+SQL
JSON
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system.
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
+The severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
+Relocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
Restore a single database backup.
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
innodb_file_per_table
binlog_cache_size
default_character_set
+open_files_limit
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
+/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
+Turn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Within which of the following locations could you check if you wanted to confirm whether a cPanel & WHM server has "old (pre-4.1) passwords" enabled?
+/var/cpanel/databases/grants_[user].yaml
Manage Database Users interface in WHM.
Tweak Settings interface in WHM.
/var/log/mysql.log
Which of the following are utilities that you can use to try and repair a MySQL database while MySQL is running?
The "mysqladmin refresh" command.
The "myisamchk" command.
The "innochecksum" command.
+The "mysqlcheck" command.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, the /var/cpanel/databases directory contains which of the following?
The directory where MySQL stores update logs for MySQL/MariaDB.
The logs stored by cPanel for historical MySQL/MariaDB usage data.
The primary data directory in which MySQL databases are stored.
+The files created and used by cPanel for database mapping.
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing storage engine plugin.
A missing data transaction log file.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
+An incomplete (partial) upgrade.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
+By using the update_local_rpm_version script.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what does the term USAGE ON indicate on the *.* value that follows?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
That full privileges are given.
That a limited set of restricted write privileges are given.
That only transaction privileges are restricted.
+That no privileges are given.
Which of the following statements is not a legitimate SQL statement?
UPDATE
INSERT
+COPY
+REMOVE
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Run /scripts/fix-dbindex.
+Restore the file from an available backup.
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
Which term best describes an attribute used to sort or specify data, sometimes across tables, in the context of a MySQL database?
+Index
Hash
Key
Transaction
Which of the following variables in a cPanel & WHM server’s /etc/my.cnf file are set by default?
auto_increment_offset=2
+default-storage-engine=MyISAM
innodb-file-per-table=0
default-character-set=utf-8
The .frm and db.opt files will appear in database folders when using which of the following MySQL storage engines?
XtraDB
+Any storage engine.
InnoDB
MyISAM
In the context of MySQL databases, which of the following is best described as "plaintext" output containing a re-usable set of MySQL data?
MySQL index
Data dictionary
Transaction log
+MySQL dump
Which of the following indicates cPanel's flagship product?
AppConfig & cPsrvd
xcPanel & WHM
EasyApache & cPHulk
CoreProc & Litespeed
In 2017, cPanel celebrated its anniversary of how many years?
5 years
x20 years
100 years
50 years
Of the following options, which of these are cPanel & WHM features that would be of interest to a programmer or web developer?
xAPI
SSL
SMTP
AFK
What does the acronym WHM stand for, in cPanel & WHM?
Wide Home Maker
xWeb Host Manager
Whole Host Manipulator
Web Hero Master
???About how long does it take to set up a mailing-list in cPanel?
x5m
1m
10m
1h
Assuming "domain.com" is replaced with your actual domain on a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following website addresses would not bring you to a cPanel login page?
xdomain.com
cpanel.domain.com
xwww.domain.com:2083
www.domain.com/cpanel
A user who has little-to-no experience in server management will be able to do what?
xUse the product out-of-the-box
Add RAM to the server
Manage several Windows programs.
Run various command line commands
After logging into an email account's webmail interface, the account user can then perform which of the following tasks directly from within their email dashboard interface?
Configure PHP version settings.
Configure SSL certificates.
Configure FTP settings.
xConfigure spam filtering settings.
Assuming that your server's IP address is '12.34.56.78', which of the following services could be reached by navigating to the following address in your browser?
https://12.34.56.78:2087
xWebhost Manager (WHM)
Server Status Display (SSD)
Systems Control Center (SCC)
cPanel Support Center (CPSC)
Which of the following options indicates a cPanel & WHM feature that can provide users with access to the server's command line interface (or, CLI) directly from within the cPanel or WHM interfaces?
xTerminal
Shell
Server Command
Server Control
Which of the following options best describes the role of a web hosting control panel?
Software on the operating system that provides a visual read-out of server specifications and statistics, such as temperature and fan speed.
xSoftware on the operating system that provides a graphical interface designed to help automate server administration tasks.
Software on the operating system that provides a desktop environment similar to Microsoft Windows or Apple's MacOS.
Software on the operating system that provides a basic suite of office utilities, such as a word processor, spreadsheet manager, and a presentation designer.
Which of the following options best describes the role of Shared Hosting on a web server?
Providing hosting for multiple websites owned by one person on one server.
Providing hosting for multiple websites owned by different people on one server.
Providing hosting for a single website owned by one person on one server.
xProviding hosting for a single website owned by different people on multiple servers.
Which of the following features found in the cPanel account interface will allow a cPanel account user to create subaccounts to give email, FTP, and webdisk access to additional users?
Contact Information
File Manager
Aliases
xUser Manager
Which of the following features available in the cPanel account interface allows new website files to easily be created, uploaded and edited by the user, directly from within the cPanel interface?
BoxTrapper
MultiPHP Manager
xFile Manager
File Handler
Of the following services, which of these can be managed by website owners using only their cPanel account interface?
Firewall Configuration
EasyApache 4 Configuration
xScheduled Tasks
Database Server Upgrades
Which of the following choices describes the method that a customer would use to access their cPanel or WHM interfaces, once it's been installed on a server?
Using a social media platform, like Facebook or LinkedIn.
Using a FTP application, like FileZilla or FireFTP.
xUsing a web browser, like Chrome or Firefox.
Using a search engine, like Google or Yahoo.
Which of the following feature categories within a cPanel account interface will allow users to view their Bandwidth usage statistics?
Domains
Advanced
Email
xMetrics
Of the following features found in a cPanel account interface, which would most likely be considered as important to a beginner-level customer seeking a cPanel & WHM web host?
Perl Modules
SSH Access
xEmail Forwarders
Apache Handlers
Which of the following Content Management Systems (CMS) have a feature built into cPanel that allows customers to manage its installations and updates from within the cPanel account interface?
Drupal
xWordPress
Typo3
Joomla!
Which of the following services does our support team provide for customers coming from DirectAdmin, Plesk, and Ensim control panels?
Free estimates.
xFree migration.
Free coupons.
Free optimization.
Which of the following options indicates the frequency of major updates being released for the product each year?
Centennial releases.
Weekly releases.
Bi-annual releases.
?xQuarterly releases.
Which of the following online resources provided by cPanel is the ideal place for customers to submit cPanel & WHM feature ideas, improvements, and suggestions for our developers to consider?
cPanel University
The cPanel Documentations Site
xThe cPanel Feature Request Site
The cPanel Store
Which of the following services does cPanel provide for every customer with an active cPanel license?
xFree technical support, support services, and customer assistance.
Free server-build assessments and cost estimates.
Free technical support with our automated AI chatbot, cPanel Pete. No human support is available.
Free quotes on the cost of getting technical support from cPanel.
Which of the following types of applications can be created and managed with the cPanel account interface's Application Manager feature?
'Amethyst on Tracks' Applications
xNode.js Applications
YAML Applications
PHP Applications
Which of the following options indicates the office hours in which the cPanel Technical Support Analyst team is available?
Weekdays from 6AM to 6PM, Central Standard Time.
7 days a week, from 9AM to 5PM, Central Standard Time.
12 hours a day, 182.5 days a year.
x24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
Which of the following options best describes a benefit of using SSL certificates to secure websites hosted on your server?
xThey ensure that communication between your server and the internet is safe and encrypted.
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is only visible by explicitly allowed individuals.
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is officially approved by the OIBC (Official Internet Bureau of Communications).
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet cannot occur.
Which of the following operating systems can cPanel & WHM NOT be installed or used on?
Amazon Linux Servers
CentOS Servers
xWindows Servers
Redhat Servers
Which of the following options indicates an actual feature within WHM that can be used to migrate one or more accounts between servers?
Account Relocate
Server Profiler
Migration Assist
xTransfer Tool
Which of the following options indicates an actual interface within WHM that will allow administrators to specify which features are available to specific users or packages on the server?
xFeature Manager
Adjust Package
Policy Manager
Option Selector
cPanel Support will provide which of the following services for customers that request it?
Providing IANA-approved routing.
Providing financial advice.
xPerforming cPanel & WHM installations.
Performing TSLC MicroPort adjustments.
Which of the following options best describes WHM's EasyApache feature?
An administrative feature that makes email queue management fast and easy.
An administrative feature that makes processor overclocking calculation estimates fast and easy.
An administrative feature that makes printer calibration fast and easy.
xAn administrative feature that makes web server software changes fast and easy.
Which of the following options indicates an actual security feature of cPanel & WHM servers that acts as a safety net for website security by using rules created by security authorities to intercept malicious attempts at exploiting websites and web applications?
AuthMod
SecurityNet
LockDown
xModSecurity
Which of the following utilities does EasyApache use to quickly download and install its pre-packaged software from cPanel's official, secure online sources?
pkg
exe
cpr
xyum
Which of the following options best describes an interface within WHM that allows administrators to easily create sets of limitations for different types of accounts, commonly based on some arrangement of web host pricing options?
Limitations >> Create Limits
xPackages >> Add a Package
Features >> Set Restrictions
Types >> New Type
Which of the following capabilities can a cPanel account user perform easily from within the cPanel account interface without the aid of a system administrator?
Installing new database software.
Relocating the physical server.
xFile and configuration management.
Upgrading server hardware and equipment.
Which of the following options best describes one way that cPanel makes installation of cPanel & WHM an easy process?
cPanel provides a single CD-ROM that can be mailed internationally, free of charge.
cPanel provides a single, 16-step procedure with comprehensive documentation to guide customers through each step.
cPanel provides a single executable that can be launched using a remotely delivered API request.
xcPanel provides a single command that can be copied and pasted onto the command line.
cPanel provides multiple database software options for server administrators to choose from. MySQL is one of these options.
Which of the following indicates one of the other options that are supported and provided by cPanel?
MSSQL
IBM DB2
xMariaDB
MongoDB
Which of the following statistics does a cPanel account have access to from within the cPanel account interface?
Server CPU temperature
Server startup logs
Other accounts' disk usage
xBandwidth usage
Which of the following options best describes a core benefit to using cPanel & WHM, as a web hosting provider operating on a cPanel & WHM environment?
cPanel users are able to create new virtualization resources to help host their web applications.
cPanel users are able to establish and self-manage their own network routing configurations.
xcPanel users are able to self-manage configurations and software, reducing the support demand on the web host.
cPanel users are able to set up network tunnels to establish secure communication between servers.
You completed this test on 08/09/2023, 08:46
Your score is 94.87%
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Additional Access Hosts interface creates server-level grants that are similar to the grants that can be created in which of the following cPanel account-level Interfaces?
cPanel Home >> Databases >> MySQL Databases
xcPanel Home >> Databases >> Remote MySQL
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Add Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Additional Access Hosts
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
XtraDB
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
InnoDB
xMyISAM
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
xThere are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Databases interface allows you to do which of the following operations?
Delete or create new MySQL/MariaDB databases.
Change the password strength requirements for MySQL/MariaDB users.
xAutomate renaming of a MySQL/MariaDB database.
Remap your MySQL/MariaDB databases to other existing accounts.
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
xRename existing database users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
xIndex
Transaction
Constraint
Buffer pool
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
xInstall new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/etc/php.conf
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
x/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/usr/lib/php.cfg
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
xMySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
In the context of MySQL databases, which of the following is best described as "plaintext" output containing a re-usable set of MySQL data?
Data dictionary
MySQL index
Transaction log
xMySQL dump
Which of the following describes one of the important steps discussed when describing how a full MySQL data directory can be manually restored from a cPanel-created backup?
Ensure that the file move is performed with the -f flag, to force it to overwrite any existing MySQL data directories that may already be in place.
xEnsure ownership of the restored files is mysql:mysql, after being copied into the data directory.
Ensure that the /scripts/migrate_mysql_cache script has been performed after the operation, to update all appropriate back-end cache files.
Ensure that the immutable attribute has been appropriately assigned to the db.opt files within each restored database subfolder.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools is best described as the command-line equivalent of WHM’s Database Map Tool interface?
xdbmaptool
setupdbmap
dbindex
dbmapsetup
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what does the term USAGE ON indicate on the *.* value that follows?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
xThat no privileges are given.
That only transaction privileges are restricted.
That full privileges are given.
That a limited set of restricted write privileges are given.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
xTo store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
zA DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system.
The severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
Which of the following files can be found in the /var/cpanel/databases directory in a cPanel & WHM environment?
mysql-error.log
none of these
.frm files
xdbindex.db.json
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The email account that the message was headed to.
xThe individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The email account that the message was sent from.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
xPrints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message Routing Path
Message ID
xExim ID
SpamAssassin Score
Which of the following Exim log entries would indicate that mail was deleted due to a filter?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
1YOv2S-0005IY-Vd <= test@cptest.test H=localhost
x1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
Mail that has NOT been read.
Drafts of unsent messages.
Messages that were flagged as spam.
xMail that HAS been read.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was delivered.
The message was rejected.
xThe message was deferred.
The message was deleted.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
xThe message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was rejected.
The message was deleted.
xThe message was delivered.
The message was deferred.
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The encoded server hostname
The message ID
xThe Exim ID
The encoded email address
Which of the following describes the primary role of the exim -Mvb command?
Prints a count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
xPrints the message body when given the Exim ID.
Prints the routing path of a message based on a specified email address.
Prints the verbose output of the exim daemon's diagnostic data from a message send.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
eml
xmdbox
mbox
nmh
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Subject
Message ID
xExim ID
Delivery Date
Given the following options, which one would be descriptive of behavior most likely to indicate that a spam problem is occurring?
xA large number of failed messages reported.
A sudden spike arriving in the mail queue due to a scheduled mailing list task.
None of these options indicate a spam issue.
A steady stream of mail originating from a script located within a directory on the file system that contains an active discussion forum.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
Domain-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
xAccount-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Which of the following situations can cause very extended start-up and load times, when running the BIND/named nameserver software?
Using MySQL to store your zone records.
Using DNS clustering with your zone files.
Using DNSSEC with your zone files.
xUsing a very large quantity of zone files.
At which of the following stages of BIND/named DNS server operations might you encounter a zone or configuration syntax error?
During shutdown
While in operation.
xDuring startup.
When performing a recursive query.
By default in a cPanel & WHM environment, the system logs cluster-related messages into which of the following log files?
/var/log/dnsadmin
x/usr/local/cpanel/logs/dnsadmin_log
/var/log/dnscluster.log
/var/log/named/named.log
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/named.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
/etc/resolv.conf
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tag-limited Delegation
Tier-located Destination
xTop-level Domain
Tree-level Denotation
Which of the following actions can you take to ensure that caching nameservers load the new information from your server after making multiple zone file changes in different zones?
Batch Zone Update
xZone Synchronization
Mass DNS Rsync
The zones must be updated individually, one at a time.
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/var/cpanel/keys
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
x/var/cpanel/domain_keys
/etc/ssl
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
transfer-zones
recursion
transfers
xallow-transfer
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone files can be found in which of the following folders?
/etc/named
x/var/named
/usr/local/named
/opt/named/
Which of the following nameserver applications does not load all of its DNS zones upon startup?
BIND/named
MyDNS
xPowerDNS
NSD
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The TXT record.
The bayesian database.
xThe serial number.
The cache value.
Which section of the named.conf file controls BIND/named's listening port?
xoptions
network
system
source
Which of the following DNS-related command-line utilities would provide you with similar results to those given by the dig utility, and is used for essentially the same purposes?
traceroute
xnslookup
netstat
strace
Which of the following file names follows the naming convention for a BIND/named zone file?
domain.net
domain.net.zone
domain.net.dnsmysql.user
xdomain.net.db
Which of the following pieces of information can you find in both the slow query log and the general query log?
How long it took the query to be executed.
The current information_schema memory usage.
The amount of time a lock was active.
xThe user who executed the query.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
xTurn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
x/etc/my.cnf
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
Which of the following file extensions are associated specifically with InnoDB tables?
x.ibd
.frm
.MYD
.MYI
Which of the following SQL queries would be the most effective in identifying MySQL users that still have pre-4.1 passwords in use?
xSELECT DISTINCT user FROM user WHERE length(password) < 41;
SELECT user FROM user WHERE password < 41;
SELECT password from user WHERE length(password) < 41;
SELECT password, user, host FROM user where length(password) < 4.1;
Most of the executables found within the /usr/local/cpanel/bin directory are not intended for standard usage by users, and are not developed to be user-friendly (frequently lacking any kind of help output or formal documentation). These are intended primarily for back-end and automated handling, as opposed to those executables found within the /usr/local/scripts (/scripts) folder.
There is at least one notable exception to this. Which of the following tools found within this path is actually recommended for server administrator use as needed, in certain circumstances?
dbmaptool
updatephpconf
setupnameserver
xrestoregrants
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
xTo store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
Which of the following WHM interfaces updates the files in the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
phpMyAdmin
MySQL® Root Password
Manage MySQL® Profiles
xDatabase Map Tool
What is the name of the executable responsible for the initial setup of database mapping, as well as any updates that occur between versions in a cPanel & WHM environment?
xdbmaptool
dbstoregrants
setupdbmap
dbindex
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
xMySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
In which subdirectory of a cPanel backup folder can individual database backups created within a cPanel account-level backup be found?
In the _var_lib_mysql directory
In the public_html directory
In the databases directory
xIn the mysql directory
How should you enable the slow query log on a cPanel & WHM server?
Add "slow-log=/path/to/log" anywhere in the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Change the Tweak Setting for “Enable Slow Query Log” to “On”.
Create the mysql directory in /var/log/ and add an empty "query_log" file.
xAdd "slow_query_log=1" to the mysqld section of the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps that should be taken after restoring a single database from a full cPanel backup, into a new database instance?
Re-import the individually stored grants file into the database to ensure permissions are retained.
Ensure that the db.opt file within the restored database folder has been assigned with the "immutable" attribute.
Ensure that all files within the database's folder in the data directory have been given root:root ownership.
xAssociate the database and the database user with the cPanel user using the Database Map Tool.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools is best described as the command-line equivalent of WHM’s Database Map Tool interface?
dbindex
xdbmaptool
setupdbmap
dbmapsetup
When operating within a cPanel & WHM environment, which of these commands would display all available EasyApache 4 packages from within the server's command line?
yum show "ea-*"
xyum list "ea-*"
rpm show "ea-*"
yum find "ea-*"
Of the following, which of these options describe information that can be obtained by using the yum info command?
The list of only the currently installed packages, but not the available ones from the installed repositories.
The dependencies of all installed packages on the system.
xThe plugins currently being loaded by the yum application.
The list of only the available, but not yet installed, packages from the installed repositories.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following parent directories would you find a subdirectory that includes EasyApache's templates and userdata information, stored by cPanel?
/usr/local/cpanel/
x/var/cpanel/
/opt/cpanel/
/etc/apache2/
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following paths would you be able to find the Apache modules stored?
/usr/local/cpanel/apache2/modules/
/etc/apache2/modules.d/
/usr/lib/apache2/
x/etc/apache2/modules/
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The PHP process ID of the php process that handled this request.
The local proxy ID of the proxy that this request passed through.
xThe Apache process ID of the process that triggered the error.
The public key ID of the key used during an SSL request.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following paths are used to store Apache's primary PHP configuration file ( php.conf) ?
/usr/local/lib/
/etc/cpanel/ea4/
x/etc/apache2/conf.d/
/opt/cpanel/ea-php55/root/etc/
If the Scan outgoing messages for spam and reject based on defined Apache SpamAssassin™ score setting (formerly known as Apache SpamAssassin reject spam score threshold), within the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM, contains a value, at what point during an email transaction is the message actually scanned to enforce this threshold?
After forwarders and filters have been processed.
xImmediately after Exim accepts the message from the origin server.
During the SMTP transaction with the message's origin server.
Immediately before forwarders and filters are processed.
Given the following options, which of these indicate one of the paths within which you can find SpamAssassin rulesets stored?
/etc/mail/spamassassin
x~/.spamassassin/
/opt/spamassassin/.spamassassin/
~/.mail/spamd/rules/
Which of the following applications can be described as a tool used to batch update Bayesian databases?
spamc
fixheaders
xsa-learn
sa-checksum
Which of the following terms is used, particularly in spam-training applications, to describe the opposite of spam, meaning legitimate, solicited messages that are not considered spam?
Blue
Clean
xHam
Green
You completed this test on 08/10/2023, 06:42
Your score is 88.24%
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
xea-php56
ea-dso-php56
multiPHP_5.6
php56-ea4
Given the following options, select the components or component combinations that would provide standard per-user process ownership for handling PHP content.
DSO (mod_fcgid) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
FCGI (mod_fcgid) OR Worker (mpm_worker_module) OR CGI (mod_cgi)
xsuPHP (mod_suphp) OR Ruid2 (mod_ruid2) OR PHP-FPM
CGI (mod_cgi) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
xJSON
YAML
PDF
SQLite
In a cPanel & WHM environment operating with EasyApache 4, one could define an EasyApache profile as which of the following?
A planning tool used to design an ideal Apache environment without making any real changes to the environment.
Profiles were used in EasyApache 3 but are no longer utilized as of EasyApache 4.
A list of steps used to instruct the user on how to install Apache from the command line interface.
xA collection of packages that can be provisioned.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
xDSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
xIt is set to the same value as the system default.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
xRPM packages.
CPMOVE packages.
tar.gz packages.
DEB packages.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
xYou can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
Which of the following options is NOT a real Multi-Processing Module (MPM) available for installation within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?
Worker
ITK
Prefork
xPostfork
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
DSO
MPM
FCGId
xsuPHP
You're operating in a PHP 5.6 environment and using DSO as your PHP handler. You've created a .user.ini file in your website's public_html folder, but are not seeing your changes reflected.
Of the following choices, which of these most accurately describes the issue that is occurring here?
The .user.ini should be in the user's home folder, not in the public_html folder.
A php.ini file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing only the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
xAn .htaccess file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing the appropriate syntax for declaring PHP values.
A file that ends in in .ini should be created in the /opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.d folder, containing the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.6
xApache 2.4
Apache 2.0
Apache 2.2
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
xInstall new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Why is it suggested against using PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk?
xPHP DSO runs as the user nobody by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
mod_ruid2 and mpm_itk will provide extreme efficiency benefits to PHP DSO.
This is a legacy suggestion. It is now safe to use PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk.
PHP DSO runs as the user root by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_php
xmod_userdir
mod_evasive
mod_itk
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following parent directories would you find a subdirectory that includes EasyApache's templates and userdata information, stored by cPanel?
/usr/local/cpanel/
x/var/cpanel/
/etc/apache2/
/opt/cpanel/
What HTTP status code could be displayed in the Apache logs if a client requests a path containing a file or directory with incorrect permissions or improper user/group ownership values?
401
408
503
x500
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces an error like the one shown below?
Forbidden. Access was denied to at least one relevant file.
x403
500
404
401
Which of the following best describes the difference between a process and a thread?
A thread is a special type of process that is utilized in HTTP 2.0.
Threads can contain multiple processes, and the processes contained in the thread share its resources.
Threads and processes are used synonymously.
xProcesses can contain multiple threads, and the threads contained in the process share its resources.
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
SCL
MPM
CGI
xDSO
How can you change the default PHP version of a cPanel & WHM server using the command-line?
Use the /usr/local/cpanel/bin/rebuild_phpconf command.
Use yum to install the RPM labeled "php##-default" (## representing the desired PHP version).
Use the /usr/local/bin/ea_php_defaults command.
xThis cannot be performed via the command-line, and only the WHM interface should be used to make this change.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following paths are used to store Apache's primary PHP configuration file ( php.conf) ?
/etc/cpanel/ea4/
x/etc/apache2/conf.d/
/usr/local/lib/
/opt/cpanel/ea-php55/root/etc/
How does the scl command know which version of PHP it should use?
The .php-version file, if it exists, is used for reference.
The .htaccess file, if it exists, is used for reference.
xYou provide the PHP version as a command-line argument.
The system's default PHP version is always used.
How does the /usr/local/bin/php executable know which version of PHP it should be using?
The .php-version file, if it exists, is referenced in order to determine this.
The PHP version is provided as a command-line argument.
The system's default PHP version is always used.
xThe .htaccess file, if it exists, is referenced in order to determine this.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
"127.0.0.1" - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The IP address of the server.
xThe IP address of the requestor.
The IP address of the resolver.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
When an EasyApache 4 profile is uploaded through the WHM interface, where within the file system is it stored?
/var/cpanel/uploads
/usr/local/cpanel/easyapache/custom
/var/cpanel/ea4/uploads/custom
x/etc/cpanel/ea4/profiles/custom
Which of the following terms can be described as a special part of a process that shares resources with others in the same process, and can execute commands?
Inode
Fork
Handler
xThread
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
xIt outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
Which of the following terms can best be described as the destination where a process can write normal output to, usually being to the terminal, server console ("screen"), unless redirected?
STDIN
xSTDOUT
STDERR
STDIO
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following paths contain each installed version's PHP configuration files (php.ini), used by MultiPHP? ("##" representing the PHP version, in the options below)
x/opt/cpanel/ea-php##
/etc/cpanel/ea4/php.d/ea-php##
/etc/apache2/php.d/ea-php##
/usr/local/cpanel/conf/ea-php##
Of the following, which of these options describe information that can be obtained by using the yum info command?
The dependencies of all installed packages on the system.
The list of only the currently installed packages, but not the available ones from the installed repositories.
xThe plugins currently being loaded by the yum application.
The list of only the available, but not yet installed, packages from the installed repositories.
You completed this test on 06/04/2024, 14:56
Your score is 96.77%
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
xThe IP address of the requestor.
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
The IP address of the resolver.
The IP address of the server.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options describes a method you can use to change Apache's MPM from the command-line?
This change should only be performed through the WHM interface so that the appropriate, automated actions can take place for a safe transition.
EasyApache 4 only supports the Prefork MPM, so MPM changes are not necessary when operating in an EA4 environment.
xThe "yum shell" command should be used to perform a batch transaction so that your web content does not produce errors.
Standard yum installs and removals can be safely used, as all EasyApache RPMs contain scripts that automate any necessary "before/after" measures.
Which of the following best describes the difference between a process and a thread?
Threads and processes are used synonymously.
xProcesses can contain multiple threads, and the threads contained in the process share its resources.
A thread is a special type of process that is utilized in HTTP 2.0.
Threads can contain multiple processes, and the processes contained in the thread share its resources.
Which of the following terms can be described as a special part of a process that shares resources with others in the same process, and can execute commands?
Inode
Handler
Fork
xThread
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces an error like the one shown below?
Forbidden. Access was denied to at least one relevant file.
401
x403
404
500
How does the /usr/local/bin/php executable know which version of PHP it should be using?
xThe .htaccess file, if it exists, is referenced in order to determine this.
The PHP version is provided as a command-line argument.
The .php-version file, if it exists, is referenced in order to determine this.
The system's default PHP version is always used.
When administering a server running cPanel & WHM, which of the following commands contains the appropriate paths and arguments needed to install an EasyApache 4 profile from the command-line?
x/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /etc/cpanel/ea4/profiles/cpanel/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /usr/local/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.yaml
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following paths would you be able to find the Apache modules stored?
/usr/local/cpanel/apache2/modules/
x/etc/apache2/modules/
/usr/lib/apache2/
/etc/apache2/modules.d/
Which of the following terms can best be described as the destination where a process can write normal output to, usually being to the terminal, server console ("screen"), unless redirected?
STDERR
STDIN
STDIO
xSTDOUT
In a cPanel & WHM environment, if you select PHP 5.6 as the default PHP version, then from which of the following paths will the php.ini file be loaded?
/var/cpanel/ea/php56/etc/php.ini
x/opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.ini
/usr/local/lib/php.ini
/etc/php.ini
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
xThe size of the returned file (in bytes).
The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
Which of the following command-line utilities can best be described as a tool that allows you to concurrently install multiple versions of the same component (software collections) onto your system, and is often used with EasyApache 4/MultiPHP operations?
upcp
rhn
up2date
xscl
Which of the following terms can be described as a special text string syntax used for describing a search pattern?
Algorithm
Wildcard
xRegular Expression
Grep
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] "[client 72.15.99.187]" File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
xThe inbound IP address of the node that requested the item that caused the error message.
A resulting IP address that has been translated by NAT.
The outbound address that is being used by Apache to send data back to the client.
The IP address that the Apache daemon is "listening" with.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] "[core:error]" [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
xThe name of the Apache module that triggered the error.
An indication that this error comes from the Linux kernel, NOT the Apache software.
The log entry's severity level.
An arbitrary label assigned to this type of log entry via the httpd.conf file.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" ""200"" 2326
The size of the file returned in bytes.
xThe HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
The process owner's user ID.
Which of the following options accurately describe an action that one can perform from within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
xChange the MPM that is used in your Apache installation.
Change Apache's security settings to determine what kind of restrictions are in place for inbound HTTP requests.
Change the kernel that is booted based on the active version of Apache as selected in EasyApache 4.
Change the php.ini files that are utilized for each installed PHP version.
Given the following options, select the components or component combinations that would provide standard per-user process ownership for handling PHP content.
DSO (mod_fcgid) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
CGI (mod_cgi) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
FCGI (mod_fcgid) OR Worker (mpm_worker_module) OR CGI (mod_cgi)
xsuPHP (mod_suphp) OR Ruid2 (mod_ruid2) OR PHP-FPM
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
xInstall new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
Which of the following accurately indicates the user that processes created for the DSO handler are owned by?
apache user
xnobody user
root
account user
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
xPHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
FCGId
MPM
DSO
xsuPHP
Which of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
xPHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
PDF
SQLite
xJSON
Which of the following options best describes the procedure needed to enable the BlueHost SymLink Protection Patch?
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Apache Security Manager interface.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Security Policies interface.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface, within the System tab.
xToggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Apache Configuration's Global Configuration interface.
You're operating in a PHP 5.6 environment and using DSO as your PHP handler. You've created a .user.ini file in your website's public_html folder, but are not seeing your changes reflected.
Of the following choices, which of these most accurately describes the issue that is occurring here?
The .user.ini should be in the user's home folder, not in the public_html folder.
An .htaccess file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing the appropriate syntax for declaring PHP values.
A file that ends in in .ini should be created in the /opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.d folder, containing the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
xA php.ini file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing only the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
xReduced chance of critical Apache failures.
In a cPanel & WHM environment operating with EasyApache 4, one could define an EasyApache profile as which of the following?
A planning tool used to design an ideal Apache environment without making any real changes to the environment.
A list of steps used to instruct the user on how to install Apache from the command line interface.
xA collection of packages that can be provisioned.
Profiles were used in EasyApache 3 but are no longer utilized as of EasyApache 4.
Why is it suggested against using PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk?
PHP DSO runs as the user root by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
mod_ruid2 and mpm_itk will provide extreme efficiency benefits to PHP DSO.
xPHP DSO runs as the user nobody by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
This is a legacy suggestion. It is now safe to use PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.6
Apache 2.0
Apache 2.2
xApache 2.4
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
xIt is set to the same value as the system default.
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 11:49
Your score is 93.55%
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
php56-ea4
multiPHP_5.6
ea-dso-php56
xea-php56
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
xJSON
PDF
SQLite
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
xThe version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
Which of the following PHP handlers works on only one PHP version at a time?
CGI
xDSO
SuPHP
PHP-FPM
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, within which of the following WHM interfaces can you adjust the server's default PHP version?
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Configuration interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's Apache Configuration interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Versions interface.
xThis can be adjusted from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
xPHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
xYou can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
Which of the following options best describes the procedure needed to enable the BlueHost SymLink Protection Patch?
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Security Policies interface.
xToggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Apache Configuration's Global Configuration interface.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface, within the System tab.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Apache Security Manager interface.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
x/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/etc/php.conf
/usr/lib/php.cfg
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
xUpload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
WHM only
xcPanel & WHM
This must be done from the command-line interface.
cPanel only
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
DSO
xsuPHP
MPM
FCGId
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
memory_limit
max_execution_time
safe_mode
xuser_dir
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_itk
mod_evasive
mod_php
xmod_userdir
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
xDSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
When operating within a cPanel & WHM environment, which of these commands would display all available EasyApache 4 packages from within the server's command line?
yum show "ea-*"
xyum list "ea-*"
rpm show "ea-*"
yum find "ea-*"
???When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The local proxy ID of the proxy that this request passed through.
The public key ID of the key used during an SSL request.
xThe Apache process ID of the process that triggered the error.
The PHP process ID of the php process that handled this request.
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
xThe size of the returned file (in bytes).
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
Which of the following terms can be described as a special part of a process that shares resources with others in the same process, and can execute commands?
Handler
Fork
xThread
Inode
Which of the following yum commands would remove, or uninstall, the mod_speling RPM?
xyum remove ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -r ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum erase ea-apache24-mod_speling
yum -e ea-apache24-mod_speling
Which of the following components can be described as a specific SAPI that provides functionality in a module that behaves as if it had been compiled into Apache itself, handling appropriate requests without producing new, non-Apache processes?
MPM
SCL
xDSO
CGI
Which of the following items can be described as any of the three things listed below?
A command line program for installing software.
A file format used to package software.
The individual packages created in that format.
Yum
xRPM
Git
SCL
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following paths would you be able to find the Apache modules stored?
x/etc/apache2/modules/
/usr/local/cpanel/apache2/modules/
/usr/lib/apache2/
/etc/apache2/modules.d/
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces the error shown below?
Unauthorized. A password is needed to see this page. The browser should prompt for a username and password.
404
x401
500
403
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that produces an error like the one shown below?
Forbidden. Access was denied to at least one relevant file.
401
500
x403
404
Which of the following command-line utilities can best be described as a tool that allows you to concurrently install multiple versions of the same component (software collections) onto your system, and is often used with EasyApache 4/MultiPHP operations?
xscl
up2date
rhn
upcp
Which of the following terms can be described as a special text string syntax used for describing a search pattern?
xRegular Expression
Wildcard
Grep
Algorithm
Which of the following options indicates the HTTP status code that results in the status message shown below?
OK. The request was successful.
202
x200
500
101
How can you change the default PHP version of a cPanel & WHM server using the command-line?
Use yum to install the RPM labeled "php##-default" (## representing the desired PHP version).
Use the /usr/local/cpanel/bin/rebuild_phpconf command.
Use the /usr/local/bin/ea_php_defaults command.
xThis cannot be performed via the command-line, and only the WHM interface should be used to make this change.
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
The IP address that the Apache daemon is "listening" with.
A resulting IP address that has been translated by NAT.
The outbound address that is being used by Apache to send data back to the client.
xThe inbound IP address of the node that requested the item that caused the error message.
Which of the following best describes the difference between a process and a thread?
A thread is a special type of process that is utilized in HTTP 2.0.
xProcesses can contain multiple threads, and the threads contained in the process share its resources.
Threads and processes are used synonymously.
Threads can contain multiple processes, and the processes contained in the thread share its resources.
You completed this test on 06/06/2024, 04:12
Your score is 90.32%
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
df
rpm
ls
xps
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
To the configured resolvers.
To the authoritative nameserver.
xTo the TLD nameserver.
To the client browser.
When you see a "rndc reload: connection refused" error, which of the following commands should you run first?
/scripts/restartsrv_dns
named --rndc-diag
x/scripts/fixrndc
rndc reload
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
xHost application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
Which section of the named.conf file controls BIND/named's listening port?
xoptions
network
source
system
Which of the following utilities can be used to administer a BIND/named server remotely?
bind-utils
xrndc
named
dnsadmin
What does the acronym ACL represent, in the context of a BIND/named configuration (among other contexts)?
Access Command Limit
Answer Control Limit
Amended Command Label
xAccess Control List
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tag-limited Delegation
xTop-level Domain
Tree-level Denotation
Tier-located Destination
If you create a customized DNS zone template from the command-line, which of the following would be a correctly-named custom template file name?
templatename.root
xtemplatename.domain
root_templatename
domain_templatename
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone files can be found in which of the following folders?
/etc/named
/opt/named/
x/var/named
/usr/local/named
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
xTo standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
Which of the following situations can cause very extended start-up and load times, when running the BIND/named nameserver software?
Using DNSSEC with your zone files.
xUsing a very large quantity of zone files.
Using DNS clustering with your zone files.
Using MySQL to store your zone records.
Which of the following DNS-related command-line utilities would provide you with similar results to those given by the dig utility, and is used for essentially the same purposes?
strace
traceroute
xnslookup
netstat
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/rndc.conf
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
x/etc/named.conf
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
named --conf
named-check --conf
xnamed-checkconf
named --check-conf
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make to a DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The bayesian database.
xThe serial number.
The cache value.
The TXT record.
When operating within a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following indicates the best method to restart the DNS server from the command line?
service dns restart
/usr/bin/named --restart
x/scripts/restartsrv_named
/etc/init.d/bind restart
What does the Error logging severity imply, when referring to BIND/named logs?
xA problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may allow further operations to continue.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named application that is treated as a critical failure.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may eventually lead to more severe issues if not addressed.
An event has been encountered during BIND/named operations that indicates standard operational events are occurring.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
xACLs
Aliases
Logging Channels
Controls
Which of the following utilities included with BIND/named can be used to troubleshoot malformed zone files?
check-bindzone
xnamed-checkzone
zonecheck
named-zone --check
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
Development mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
xHostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you perform a graceful restart of the nameserver software?
xWHM Home >> Restart Services >> DNS Server
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Restart Nameserver
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Restart Nameserver
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the term clustering, in the context of a server hosting environment?
xTwo or more servers that all serve the same purpose configured in a distributed, connected environment.
Clustering is one server that provides a variety of different services that all work together to serve content.
One server that has a number of virtualized server environments within it, all serving their own content independently.
Installation of multiple instances of the same service software on one server, allowing multiple configurations to exist in the same environment
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
xThe A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
The zone is considered invalid.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
xTo determine where to send mail for a domain.
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
Use your server's primary IP address.
xYour hosting provider or data center.
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
xChange an MX record.
Register a domain.
Update whois information.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that a reseller creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers
WHM Home >> Reseller Center >> Basic Reseller Setup
xWHM Home >> Resellers >> Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
xAny time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
xBoth records are returned.
The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly returned each time.
Only the first record is returned.
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Public/Private Key pairs
xAPI Tokens
IP-based whitelisting
Passwords
Yudith manages a small web hosting company and has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. The deleted zone did not contain any custom records.
Which of the following interfaces in WHM should she use to recreate the zone?
This can only be done from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
xWHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
NSD
xPowerDNS
MyDNS
BIND/named
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
xcPanel » Domains » Domains
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
xA recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
zThe public IP address.
The private IP address.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
xThe hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
xWHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in the WHM interface can be accurately described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files from other servers in the cluster to this server?
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
xSynchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only
You completed this test on 06/04/2024, 15:46
Your score is 97.50%
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
xThe zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Only the second record is used.
The records are concatenated.
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
None of these.
xTime To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
com.example.mail
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
example.com
x0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
xSynchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Register a domain.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
Update whois information.
xChange an MX record.
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
xHostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
Development mode (non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
x"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
xThe hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
xTo determine where to send mail for a domain.
Yudith manages a small web hosting company and has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. The deleted zone did not contain any custom records.
Which of the following interfaces in WHM should she use to recreate the zone?
xWHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
This can only be done from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Sender Verification
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Require HELO before MAIL
xSender Verification Callouts
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
xWHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
xAny time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
The zone is considered invalid.
xThe A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Use your server's primary IP address.
xYour hosting provider or data center.
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
xWHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
xDNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
xWHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
This cannot be done in WHM.
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in the WHM interface can be accurately described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files from other servers in the cluster to this server?
xSynchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
xcPanel » Domains » Domains
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
ls
rpm
df
xps
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make to a DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The bayesian database.
The TXT record.
The cache value.
xThe serial number.
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores DNS zone template files within which of the following paths?
/etc/zonetemplates
/var/named/templates
x/var/cpanel/zonetemplates
/var/cpanel/zones
What does the Error logging severity imply, when referring to BIND/named logs?
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may eventually lead to more severe issues if not addressed.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named application that is treated as a critical failure.
xA problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may allow further operations to continue.
An event has been encountered during BIND/named operations that indicates standard operational events are occurring.
What does the acronym TLD represent, as in for a "TLD nameserver"?
Tier-located Destination
Tag-limited Delegation
xTop-level Domain
Tree-level Denotation
Which of the following file names follows the naming convention for a BIND/named zone file?
domain.net
xdomain.net.db
domain.net.dns
domain.net.zone
In a cPanel & WHM environment, you will find zone files stored in /var/named when using which of the following namesever software?
MyDNS
BIND/named
xAll of these.
PowerDNS
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
dnssetup
upcp --nameserver
setdnsserver
xsetupnameserver
Which of the following is the first nameserver that the resolver queries to determine the address of the TLD nameserver?
The FBI nameserver.
The root nameserver.
xThe authoritative nameserver.
The caching nameserver.
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
x/etc/named.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
At which of the following stages of BIND/named DNS server operations might you encounter a zone or configuration syntax error?
During shutdown
xDuring startup.
While in operation.
When performing a recursive query.
Which of the following nameserver applications does not load all of its DNS zones upon startup?
BIND/named
PowerDNS
xMyDNS
NSD
What does the acronym ACL represent, in the context of a BIND/named configuration (among other contexts)?
Amended Command Label
Access Command Limit
xAccess Control List
Answer Control Limit
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
xTo standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
Which of the following is the default path for the BIND/named configuration file?
/usr/lib/named.conf
/var/named/named.conf
x/etc/named.conf
/var/named.conf
When you see a "rndc reload: connection refused" error, which of the following commands should you run first?
x/scripts/fixrndc
/scripts/restartsrv_dns
rndc reload
named --rndc-diag
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
xTo the TLD nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the client browser.
Which of the following utilities included with BIND/named can be used to troubleshoot malformed zone files?
xnamed-checkzone
zonecheck
check-bindzone
named-zone --check
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone files can be found in which of the following folders?
/usr/local/named
/etc/named
x/var/named
/opt/named/
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
/etc/ssl
/var/cpanel/keys
x/var/cpanel/domain_keys
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 12:48
Your score is 92.50%
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Any time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
x Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
The private IP address.
xThe public IP address.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Require HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification
xSender Verification Callouts
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
xThe hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
xA recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
This cannot be done in WHM.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
xWHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
xWHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in WHM can be best described as the copying of one updated zone file to the current server, based on the value you provide as the domain you wish to synchronize?
xSynchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Yudith manages a small web hosting company and has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. The deleted zone did not contain any custom records.
Which of the following interfaces in WHM should she use to recreate the zone?
This can only be done from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
xWHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
xSynchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
cPanel offers a DNSOnly installation specifically for using a standard cPanel & WHM environment in a DNS cluster configuration. Which of the following is the standard license cost associated with DNSOnly?”
xFree.
$35
$15
$20
Which of the following types of authentication is used to establish DNS clustering, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
xAPI Tokens
Passwords
Public/Private Key pairs
IP-based whitelisting
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
xSpoofing and unauthorized senders.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
Mail bomb attacks.
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
xYour hosting provider or data center.
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Use your server's primary IP address.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
xWHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
xThe zone is considered invalid.
The records are concatenated.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Only the second record is used.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that a reseller creates?
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
WHM Home >> Reseller Center >> Basic Reseller Setup
xWHM Home >> Resellers >> Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
x0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
xA nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
A root nameserver.
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
Which of the following command-line tools can be used to list running processes in a Linux environment?
ls
df
xps
rpm
In a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following would allow you to select another DNS server application from the command line?
upcp --nameserver
setdnsserver
dnssetup
xsetupnameserver
Which important configuration file would allow you to change important server options, such as enabling debug logging for BIND/named?
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
x/etc/named.conf
/etc/rndc.conf
If you create a customized DNS zone template from the command-line, which of the following would be a correctly-named custom template file name?
domain_templatename
xtemplatename.domain
templatename.root
root_templatename
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone files can be found in which of the following folders?
/usr/local/named
/opt/named/
/etc/named
x/var/named
Which of the following utilities included with BIND/named can be used to troubleshoot malformed zone files?
check-bindzone
named-zone --check
xnamed-checkzone
zonecheck
To ensure that the internet sees the changes that you make to a DNS zone file manually, which of the following components of a DNS zone should you update?
The cache value.
The TXT record.
The bayesian database.
xThe serial number.
What does the Error logging severity imply, when referring to BIND/named logs?
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named application that is treated as a critical failure.
An event has been encountered during BIND/named operations that indicates standard operational events are occurring.
xA problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may allow further operations to continue.
A problem has been encountered during BIND/named operations that may eventually lead to more severe issues if not addressed.
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/var/cpanel/keys
/etc/ssl
x/var/cpanel/domain_keys
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores DNS zone template files within which of the following paths?
/etc/zonetemplates
/var/cpanel/zones
/var/named/templates
x/var/cpanel/zonetemplates
Which of the following file names follows the naming convention for a BIND/named zone file?
domain.net.dns
domain.net
domain.net.zone
xdomain.net.db
Which of the following commands can you use to set up SPF from the command-line, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/spf_installer
/usr/local/bin/instspf
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/ssl_setup --spf
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/add_spf
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
xallow-transfer
recursion
transfer-zones
transfers
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
Controls
xACLs
Aliases
Logging Channels
In a BIND/named configuration, you can modify the level of detail that is provided to remote servers regarding which of the following types of information?
Hardware information indicating what model network interface is being used on the server.
User information indicating which user the 'named' process is running as.
xHost application details indicating version and server data regarding your BIND/named installation.
Zone information indicating which paths your zones are stored in.
When you see a "rndc reload: connection refused" error, which of the following commands should you run first?
rndc reload
named --rndc-diag
x/scripts/fixrndc
/scripts/restartsrv_dns
Which of the following is the first nameserver that the resolver queries to determine the address of the TLD nameserver?
xThe authoritative nameserver.
The caching nameserver.
The root nameserver.
The FBI nameserver.
Which of the following is the default path for the BIND/named configuration file?
/var/named.conf
/usr/lib/named.conf
x/etc/named.conf
/var/named/named.conf
When a remote mail exchanger handles a domain's mail, which of the following files must include the domain?
/etc/domains
/etc/remote_exchangers
x/etc/remotedomains
/etc/remotemail
To force the local system to resolve a domain to a specific IP address, which of the following files would you modify to accomplish this?
/etc/rndc.conf
x/etc/hosts
/etc/resolv.conf
/etc/nsswitch.conf
You completed this test on 06/06/2024, 05:09
Your score is 90.00%
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
xAccount-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Domain-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
Messages that were flagged as spam.
Drafts of unsent messages.
xMail that HAS been read.
Mail that has NOT been read.
Which of the following Exim log entries would indicate that mail was deleted due to a filter?
x1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
1YOv2S-0005IY-Vd <= test@cptest.test H=localhost
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The exit signal that terminated the command.
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
xThe user executing the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nms
eml
xmaildir
mbox
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bt command?
xPrints the path that the message will take when Exim attempts delivery to a specified address.
Prints the send status of a specific message in the Exim queue based on a specified Exim ID.
Outputs the current count of messages that exist in the Exim queue.
This is not a valid Exim command.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6bD-000871-1j => /dev/null R=virtual_user_filter T=**bypassed**
The message was delivered.
xThe message was deleted
The message was rejected.
The message was deferred.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
xThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Reject Message
Fail with message
xDiscard Message
Stop Processing Rules
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Subject
Message ID
xExim ID
Delivery Date
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
Select messages by message ID.
xSelect messages by sender address.
Select messages by recipient address.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message Routing Path
SpamAssassin Score
xExim ID
Message ID
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was delivered.
xThe message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
The message was deleted.
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
exim -pt
Exim -Mr
exim -rt
xexim -bt
Which of the following describes the primary role of the exim -Mvb command?
Prints a count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Prints the verbose output of the exim daemon's diagnostic data from a message send.
xPrints the message body when given the Exim ID.
Prints the routing path of a message based on a specified email address.
Which of the following commands will remove all messages sent by the spammer@example.tld user within the last 30 minutes?
exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
xexiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The encoded email address
The message ID
The encoded server hostname
xThe Exim ID
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
xPrints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages newer than the number of seconds given.
xMessages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
xThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
xIt is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
It is sending spam.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
Which of the following options accurately describes the behavior of an open relay server?
An open relay server requires you to authenticate using a password.
xAn open relay server does not require you to authenticate.
An open relay server operates by only handling mail coming from a specific list of IP addresses.
An open relay server will only relay messages sent directly by a telnet client.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
xThat the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
xDelete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
xThere are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
xThe message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message is under a certain size.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
When the message is from a particular email address.
xWhen the message is over a certain size.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
The email's recipient.
xThe email's sender.
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The server's root mail contact.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Queue Manager
Mail Delivery Reports
Mail Delivery Status
xMail Queue History
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
xSender Verification
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Sender Verification Callouts
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
xIt will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message is large in size.
The message reports zero bytes in size.
The message is small in size.
xThe message contains an attachment.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is not enforcing encryption.
xExceeds its assigned quota.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is currently being backed up.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
xWHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you look to determine why the system did not deliver an email message?
WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports
WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager
WHM Home » Email » Failed Delivery Reports
xWHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
xSender Verification Callouts
Sender Verification
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
xThe load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
xThe message has been permanently deleted.
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
The message Is waiting in the queue.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
xTo prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
xThe message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 03:51
Your score is 80.00%
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is not enforcing encryption.
Is currently being backed up.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
vxExceeds its assigned quota.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Queue Manager
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Delivery Reports
vxMail Queue History
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
The message Is waiting in the queue.
vxThe message has been permanently deleted.
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
cxUse the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
Which of the following mail diagnostics are available within the WHM interface, and can help you troubleshoot mail?
A diagnostic tool that performs a permission reset or a reset on an account’s mailbox files permissions on an account's mailbox files and folders.
A diagnostic tool that will attempt to recreate all of an account's hidden mail files and folders.
?xA diagnostic tool that provides a telnet-like interface, allowing you to manually reproduce the SMTP process.
A webmail-like browser that allows you to view all mail accounts on the server in a single interface.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
vxThe message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
It is sending spam.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
vxIt is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
vxIt is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
Given the following options, which of these accurately describe the behavior of the Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It can report the remote or local results of a SpamAssassin message scan.
It can report the remote or local authentication requirements based on a specific, provided email address.
vxIt can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to hand off messages for a specific email address.
It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to resolve a specific email address' domain.
If you suspect that mail sent to the user who is over their quota is not delivered, which of the following WHM interfaces might you look to confirm why the message was not delivered?
vWHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports
xWHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager
WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter
WHM Home » Email » Exim Reports Manager
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
vvSender Verification
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
xSender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
vxThere are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
vxWhen the message is over a certain size.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
When the message is from a particular email address.
When the message is under a certain size.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account with have a low failure rate.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
The account will report no failures.
vxThe account will have a high failure rate.
What is one characteristic that is often, though not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message reports zero bytes in size.
The message is large in size.
The message is small in size.
vxThe message contains an attachment.
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
vxTo prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
xThat the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
vvThat the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
vxThe load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
vvWHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
xWHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Trusted Mail Users
vxTrusted SMTP IP Addresses
Trusted SMTP Hosts
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
vxDeletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
vxThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The message ID
xThe Exim ID
The encoded email address
The encoded server hostname
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
xAccount-level email filters.
vvvDomain-level email filters.
User-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
Messages that were flagged as spam.
vxMail that HAS been read.
Drafts of unsent messages.
Mail that has NOT been read.
Which of the following describes the primary role of the exim -Mvb command?
Prints the verbose output of the exim daemon's diagnostic data from a message send.
Prints a count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
vxPrints the message body when given the Exim ID.
Prints the routing path of a message based on a specified email address.
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/dev/$USER/mail
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
vx/home/$USER/mail/
/home/mail/$USER/
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -qcp
vxexim -bpc
exim -bt
exim -bp
Given the following options, which one would be descriptive of behavior most likely to indicate that a spam problem is occurring?
None of these options indicate a spam issue.
vxA large number of failed messages reported.
A sudden spike arriving in the mail queue due to a scheduled mailing list task.
A steady stream of mail originating from a script located within a directory on the file system that contains an active discussion forum.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Stop Processing Rules
Reject Message
vxDiscard Message
Fail with message
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
vxThe message was deferred.
The message was rejected.
The message was deleted.
The message was delivered.
Which of the following commands will remove all messages sent by the spammer@example.tld user within the last 30 minutes?
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
vxexiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
vvThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
xThe message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The common write destination for the message handler.
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
vxThe user executing the command.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -bpc command?
vxPrints the number of messages in the mail queue.
Prints a count of bounces processed in the past 7 days.
Prints quick details of all messages currently in the queue.
Unfreezes all messages in the queue.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
vxExim ID
SpamAssassin Score
Message ID
Message Routing Path
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was sent from.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
vxThe cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
The email account that the message was headed to.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
vxThe message was delivered.
The message was rejected.
The message was deleted.
The message was deferred.
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
vxexim -bt
exim -rt
exim -pt
Exim -Mr
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
xMessages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
vvvMessages newer than the number of seconds given.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 15:21
Your score is 77.50%
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
xWHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
xIt is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Require HELO before MAIL
xSender Verification
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
xUse the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
xThe message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
xDelete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is currently being backed up.
xExceeds its assigned quota.
Is not enforcing encryption.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
xThe load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
xThe email's sender.
The server's root mail contact.
The email's recipient.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
xIt will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
xThat the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
Which of the following options accurately describes the behavior of an open relay server?
An open relay server operates by only handling mail coming from a specific list of IP addresses.
An open relay server will only relay messages sent directly by a telnet client.
xAn open relay server does not require you to authenticate.
An open relay server requires you to authenticate using a password.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
xThere are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
xSender Verification
Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
The component that sends mail to other servers.
xThe component that validates user credentials.
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
Given the following options, which of these accurately describe the behavior of the Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It can report the remote or local results of a SpamAssassin message scan.
It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to resolve a specific email address' domain.
It can report the remote or local authentication requirements based on a specific, provided email address.
xIt can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to hand off messages for a specific email address.
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
xThe message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message is under a certain size.
When the message is from a particular email address.
xWhen the message is over a certain size.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account will report no failures.
The account with have a low failure rate.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
xThe account will have a high failure rate.
Which of the following options describe an actual value that can be adjusted within the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration interface?
Controlling whether monitoring of the Dovecot service is enabled or disabled.
None of these options are found on the Mailserver Configuration interface.
xControlling the maximum and spare quantities of authentication daemon processes.
Controlling the time and frequency of system updates to the Dovecot software.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was rejected.
The message was deleted.
The message was delivered.
xThe message was deferred.
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Message ID
Delivery Date
xExim ID
Subject
Which of the following describes the primary role of the exim -Mvb command?
Prints a count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Prints the verbose output of the exim daemon's diagnostic data from a message send.
xPrints the message body when given the Exim ID.
Prints the routing path of a message based on a specified email address.
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
SpamAssassin Score
xExim ID
Message ID
Message Routing Path
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
exim -rt
Exim -Mr
xexim -bt
exim -pt
On cPanel & WHM environments, inbound mail is stored within a subfolder structure that exists in which of the following directories?
/dev/$USER/mail
x/home/$USER/mail/
/home/mail/$USER/
/var/spool/mail/$USER/
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Stop Processing Rules
Reject Message
Fail with message
xDiscard Message
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was deleted.
The message was rejected.
xThe message was delivered.
The message was deferred.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
eml
xmdbox
nmh
mbox
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The exit signal that terminated the command.
xThe user executing the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
xThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
xDeletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
Of the following mailbox formats, which of these are supported for use in cPanel & WHM environments?
nms
mbox
eml
xmaildir
Given the following options, which one would be descriptive of behavior most likely to indicate that a spam problem is occurring?
xA large number of failed messages reported.
A sudden spike arriving in the mail queue due to a scheduled mailing list task.
None of these options indicate a spam issue.
A steady stream of mail originating from a script located within a directory on the file system that contains an active discussion forum.
What is the role of the -f flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Select messages by recipient address.
xSelect messages by sender address.
Select messages by message ID.
Force messages to send based on Exim ID.
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was headed to.
The email account that the message was sent from.
The individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
xThe cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
A particular type of email filter is stored in the /etc/vfilters/ directory. Which of the following types of filters are these?
User-level email filters.
Server-level email filters.
Account-level email filters.
xDomain-level email filters.
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages older than the number of seconds given.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
xMessages newer than the number of seconds given.
In Maildir, what type of item is stored in the "cur" folder?
Mail that has NOT been read.
xMail that HAS been read.
Messages that were flagged as spam.
Drafts of unsent messages.
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -bt
xexim -bpc
exim -qcp
exim -bp
You completed this test on 06/07/2024, 13:42
Your score is 92.50%
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
xThey can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
Which of the following files should you check if you receive an unknown variable error message during MySQL operation or service start-up?
/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
/var/cpanel/databases/mysql.conf
/var/lib/mysql/mysql/db.opt
x/etc/my.cnf
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
Restore a single database backup.
xRelocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
xBy using the update_local_rpm_version script.
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
binlog_cache_size
default_character_set
innodb_file_per_table
xopen_files_limit
Within which of the following locations could you check if you wanted to confirm whether a cPanel & WHM server has "old (pre-4.1) passwords" enabled?
/var/log/mysql.log
/var/cpanel/databases/grants_[user].yaml
Manage Database Users interface in WHM.
xTweak Settings interface in WHM.
Which of the following pieces of information can you find in both the slow query log and the general query log?
xThe user who executed the query.
The amount of time a lock was active.
The current information_schema memory usage.
How long it took the query to be executed.
The following text shows an example of which type of syntax, also visible in some mapping-related files stored by cPanel within the file system?
{"version":1,"MYSQL":{"noprefix":{},"owner":"animals","dbusers":{"cpses_anQnAmWDcX":{"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{}}},"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{"birds":"172.16.0.40","animals_fish":"172.16.0.40"}}}
xJSON
YAML
SQL
XML
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
xRun /scripts/fix-dbindex.
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
Restore the file from an available backup.
How should you enable the slow query log on a cPanel & WHM server?
xAdd "slow_query_log=1" to the mysqld section of the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Add "slow-log=/path/to/log" anywhere in the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Change the Tweak Setting for “Enable Slow Query Log” to “On”.
Create the mysql directory in /var/log/ and add an empty "query_log" file.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what does the term USAGE ON indicate on the *.* value that follows?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
That only transaction privileges are restricted.
That a limited set of restricted write privileges are given.
That full privileges are given.
xThat no privileges are given.
Which of the following SQL queries would be the most effective in identifying MySQL users that still have pre-4.1 passwords in use?
SELECT user FROM user WHERE password < 41;
xSELECT DISTINCT user FROM user WHERE length(password) < 41;
SELECT password from user WHERE length(password) < 41;
SELECT password, user, host FROM user where length(password) < 4.1;
Which of the following is the standard wildcard character used in SQL queries?
*
@
!
x%
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
xThe severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system.
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
xTurn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Which of the following file extensions are associated specifically with MyISAM tables?
.sql
.frm
x.MYD
.ibd
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
x/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
xTo store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
In MySQL version 5.6, what happens if an entry in /etc/my.cnf is an unrecognized variable?
MySQL appears to start normally, but aborts with no errors immediately.
xMySQL refuses to start and logs an error message.
MySQL starts up normally and ignores the bad variable.
MySQL starts up, but logs a warning about the variable.
Which of the following statements is not a legitimate SQL statement?
xCOPY
xREMOVE
UPDATE
INSERT
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
xMyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Additional Access Hosts interface creates server-level grants that are similar to the grants that can be created in which of the following cPanel account-level Interfaces?
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Add Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> MySQL Databases
xcPanel Home >> Databases >> Additional Access Hosts
cPanel Home >> Databases >> Remote MySQL
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Key constraint
xLocking
Grant
Encryption
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
32 characters.
x16 characters.
10 characters.
24 characters.
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
xA part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
x1-to-1 (1:1) only
1:1 or Many-to-1
Many-to-many
Many-to-1
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Remote MySQL® Hosts
MySQL® Connections
Additional MySQL® Hosts
xManage MySQL® Profiles
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
xRemote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
x1
2
3
4
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
Aria
InnoDB
xMyISAM
XtraDB
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
xAfter installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
xChange a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
xWhen the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
Remote API Token
xRemote SSH port
Remote MAC address
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
InnoDB
XtraDB
xMyISAM
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Key constraints
Encryption
Locking
xGrants
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Databases interface allows you to do which of the following operations?
Delete or create new MySQL/MariaDB databases.
xAutomate renaming of a MySQL/MariaDB database.
Remap your MySQL/MariaDB databases to other existing accounts.
Change the password strength requirements for MySQL/MariaDB users.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
xNo remote access is provided by default.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
xIndex
Constraint
Buffer pool
Transaction
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
xInnoDB
Aria
MyISAM
XtraDB
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 02:53
Your score is 92.50%
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
4
x1
3
2
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
xGrant
Locking
Key constraint
Encryption
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
xinfo
command
state
query
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Rename an existing table within a database.
xChange a database user's password.
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
xGrants
Key constraints
Encryption
Locking
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
xRemote SSH port
Remote MAC address
Remote API Token
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
xRemote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
xWhen the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
Aria
XtraDB
MyISAM
xInnoDB
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
xRename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Additional MySQL® Hosts
xManage MySQL® Profiles
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
InnoDB
xMyISAM
XtraDB
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
InnoDB
Aria
XtraDB
xMyISAM
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
10 characters.
24 characters.
32 characters.
x16 characters.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only from one remote client at a time.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
xNo remote access is provided by default.
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
xA password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Type
Category
Entry
xField
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Buffer pool
xIndex
Constraint
Transaction
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
xPrimarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
xMyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
How can you prevent cPanel & WHM from performing automated updates on the MySQL® or MariaDB server software?
By changing the “Allow cPanel to update MySQL®/MariaDB” option, found in Tweak Settings.
xBy using the update_local_rpm_version script.
cPanel does not perform automated updates on MySQL®/MariaDB.
By changing the settings found in the "Update" tab of the Manage MySQL® Profiles interface in WHM.
Which of the following statements about ~/.my.cnf files can be considered to be true?
.my.cnf files contain the MySQL password only in an encrypted state.
x.my.cnf files can be used by any user.
.my.cnf files can define startup options used by the mysqld daemon process.
.my.cnf files can only be used by the root user.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps involved in the process of relocating your MySQL data directory to a new partition?
xTurn off MySQL and MySQL monitoring before performing filesystem changes.
Ensure that the firewall is blocking access to the MySQL daemon's listening port.
Ensure that the MySQL data directory still exists in its default path, and has permissions to allow you to overwrite it.
Modify the mount table to ensure that the new partition is loaded with journaling capabilities.
Error messages in your database error logs that indicate invalid, missing or unexpected system tables can frequently be the result of which of the following issues?
A missing storage engine plugin.
A missing data transaction log file.
An invalid my.cnf configuration value.
xAn incomplete (partial) upgrade.
In which subdirectory of a cPanel backup folder can individual database backups created within a cPanel account-level backup be found?
In the _var_lib_mysql directory
In the databases directory
xIn the mysql directory
In the public_html directory
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
xRelocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
Restore a single database backup.
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can be best described as the executable that reads the grants_cpuser.yaml file, then adds the corresponding grants to MySQL.
setupdbmap
dbindex
xrestoregrants
dbstoregrants
Which of the following are utilities that you can use to try and repair a MySQL database while MySQL is running?
The "mysqladmin refresh" command.
The "innochecksum" command.
xThe "mysqlcheck" command.
The "myisamchk" command.
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
An increased security risk of compromised authentication.
xThe severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what do the wildcard asterisks represent in the *.* shown below?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
[username].[groupname]
[hostname or IP].[database]
[username].[hostname or IP]
x[database].[table]
Within which of the following locations could you check if you wanted to confirm whether a cPanel & WHM server has "old (pre-4.1) passwords" enabled?
/var/log/mysql.log
/var/cpanel/databases/grants_[user].yaml
Manage Database Users interface in WHM.
xTweak Settings interface in WHM.
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
Restore the file from an available backup.
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
xRun /scripts/fix-dbindex.
Which of the following statements is not a legitimate SQL statement?
UPDATE
INSERT
xREMOVE
xCOPY
In a cPanel & WHM environment, the /var/cpanel/databases directory contains which of the following?
The directory where MySQL stores update logs for MySQL/MariaDB.
xThe files created and used by cPanel for database mapping.
The primary data directory in which MySQL databases are stored.
The logs stored by cPanel for historical MySQL/MariaDB usage data.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following describes the purpose of the files that exist within the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
The path containing historically logged information on each MySQL update and upgrade that has been performed, either automatic or otherwise.
To store a historical, rotated series of archived and compressed log files containing logged MySQL information as it pertains to cPanel operations.
The path that is used as the default MySQL data directory specifically within cPanel & WHM environments.
xTo store mapping information to help store data regarding association between cPanel accounts and databases.
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related variables can be controlled via an option found within WHM's Tweak Setting interface?
xopen_files_limit
default_character_set
binlog_cache_size
innodb_file_per_table
How should you enable the slow query log on a cPanel & WHM server?
xAdd "slow_query_log=1" to the mysqld section of the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Change the Tweak Setting for “Enable Slow Query Log” to “On”.
Create the mysql directory in /var/log/ and add an empty "query_log" file.
Add "slow-log=/path/to/log" anywhere in the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
The following text shows an example of which type of syntax, also visible in some mapping-related files stored by cPanel within the file system?
{"version":1,"MYSQL":{"noprefix":{},"owner":"animals","dbusers":{"cpses_anQnAmWDcX":{"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{}}},"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{"birds":"172.16.0.40","animals_fish":"172.16.0.40"}}}
YAML
SQL
XML
xJSON
The .frm and db.opt files will appear in database folders when using which of the following MySQL storage engines?
InnoDB
xAny storage engine.
XtraDB
MyISAM
Which of the following WHM interfaces updates the files in the /var/cpanel/databases directory?
MySQL® Root Password
phpMyAdmin
Manage MySQL® Profiles
xDatabase Map Tool
You completed this test on 06/05/2024, 13:45
Your score is 92.50%
Without shell access, you cannot utilize Git Version Control's features in the cPanel interface
True
xFalse
What is the name for a type of domain that is managed by cPanel, but contains no actual content, and is instead redirected to another domain?
Subdomain
*xAlias Domain
Addon Domain
Redirect Domain
Using the "Discard Email" option in a forwarder is the recommended way to handle auto-deletion of emails incoming to a particular address.
True
*xFalse
Which email account is used as the outgoing email address on mail sent by PHP scripts on your account?
*xThe Default Email Account
The System Forwarder
The Primary Mailing List
The email account with the least disk quota usage
When changes are made in the MultiPHP INI Editor interface, what file are the configuation changes written into?
php_ini.php
php_config.php
php.conf
*xphp.ini
Which of the following indicates the recommended method to find more information on how MySQL privileges work?
Perform the 'EXPLAIN PRIVILEGES' query in the MySQL shell
*xRefer to the official MySQL documentation (aka, google 'mysql privileges')
Not necessary; MySQL privileges do not play a role in any aspect of a cPanel account.
Not necessary; MySQL pricvileges are automatically assigned as appropriate to each database user.
If you are planning on renaming your databases, you should make sure and wait until AFTERWARDS to make backups.
True
*xFalse
Which of the following is not included in Disk Usage calculations?
MySQL Database Storage
*xEmail Metadata
Mailing Lists
Email Archives
In the MySQL Database interface, you've successfully created a database and a database user. You want the new user to be able to access the new database. What is the next step?
None of the above.
Add the "SELECT" privilege to the new user.
xAssign the user to the database in the "MySQL Databases" interface.
Add your IP address in the "Remote MySQL" interface.
Which of the following terms is used to describe different sets of changes that exist within Git repositories?
*xBranches
Heads
Sub-Repositories
Versions
Which of the following FTP clients are required for usage when establishing FTP connections to an account created within the cPanel FTP Accounts user interface?
CoreFTP
WinSCP
Cyberduck
xAny viable FTP client may be used.
Which of the following are required to obtain an SSL certificate through the SSL/TLS Wizard?
At least 500MB of available disk space on your root partition.
A nameserver that operates on the same host.
At least 5 available dedicated IP addresses.
*xA registered cPanel Store account
Which of the following best describes an Add-on domain?
*An alias domain redirecting to a subdomain.
xA subdomain redirecting to an external domain.
A IP address subdomain adding on to a redirect.
An IP address redirecting to an alias domain.
Which of these follow-up steps must be taken after generating a DNSSEC key for a domain?
Establish a DNS GLUE record.
xConfigure a DS record with your domain's registrar.
Set up an SSL certificate.
Perform a zone reset.
A subdomain requires its own DNS zone, separate from its parent domain's DNS zone.
True
*xFalse
When using the 'Manage Suspension' interface for an email account, what does selecting 'Hold' for the Send option do?
Holds all of that account's outbound emails in the queue for a default period of 30 minutes before sending, to avoid spam filters.
Holds all of that account's outbound emails in the queue in the 'Frozen' state until manually unfrozen via the command-line.
*xHolds all of that account's outbound emails in the queue until Send has been changed back to the 'Allow' setting.
Holds all of that account's outbound emails into a separate 'Sent' folder for archival purposes.
Your main website's files should be stored within which of these directories?
*x/home/$user/public_html
/home/$user/sites
/home/website
/pubcic_html
If you don't see "MySQL Disk Usage" in the right-hand sidebar of your cPanel account interface, that means you don't have any databases.
xFalse
True
Which of the following domain redirect types will result in client browser bookmarks being updated to the destination URL?
401
*x301
302
404
Which of the following must be enabled by your host, on your account's server, before you will be able to utilize the File & Directory Restoration feature?
*Backups
Shell Access
FTP Server
Git Version Control
The wildcard character in MySQL is:
@
$
*KW %
*
The most effective approach to creating email filters is to combine as many criteria into a single filter as possible, helping to avoid excess amounts of filter entries.
*False
True
When deleting an email account, how can you automatically recover data that was stored within that account?
Email account data can be recovered by using the 'Undo' feature of the interface.
Email account data can be recovered by accessing the File Manager and navigating directly to the account's folder.
*Email account deletion is considered permanent, and cannot be automatically recovered.
Email account data can be recovered by submitting a cPanel Support ticket and requesting a recovery procedure.
Which of the following 3rd-party applications is used to manage mailing lists, on a cPanel environment?
Mailchimp
Mail Manager
Postman
*Mailman
Match the following SSL Certificate types with their validation methods.
Organized Validation
The organization is validated by a 3rd party organization
Extended Validation
The Certificate Authority has proof the organization exists and does business outside of the internet.
Domain Validation
Validates that the domain is registered and accessible over the internet by DNS or HTTP
Which of the following choices describes the method that a customer would use to access their cPanel or WHM interfaces, once it's been installed on a server?
Using a social media platform, like Facebook or LinkedIn.
xUsing a web browser, like Chrome or Firefox.
Using a FTP application, like FileZilla or FireFTP.
Using a search engine, like Google or Yahoo.
Which of the following features found in the cPanel account interface will allow a cPanel account user to create subaccounts to give email, FTP, and webdisk access to additional users?
xUser Manager
Contact Information
Aliases
File Manager
Of the following services, which of these can be managed by website owners using only their cPanel account interface?
xScheduled Tasks
EasyApache 4 Configuration
Database Server Upgrades
Firewall Configuration
Which of the following feature categories within a cPanel account interface will allow users to view their Bandwidth usage statistics?
xMetrics
Email
Domains
Advanced
Which of the following features available in the cPanel account interface allows new website files to easily be created, uploaded and edited by the user, directly from within the cPanel interface?
File Handler
MultiPHP Manager
BoxTrapper
xFile Manager
Of the following features found in a cPanel account interface, which would most likely be considered as important to a beginner-level customer seeking a cPanel & WHM web host?
Perl Modules
xEmail Forwarders
Apache Handlers
SSH Access
A user who has little-to-no experience in server management will be able to do what?
xUse the product out-of-the-box
Manage several Windows programs.
Run various command line commands
Add RAM to the server
After logging into an email account's webmail interface, the account user can then perform which of the following tasks directly from within their email dashboard interface?
Configure PHP version settings.
Configure FTP settings.
Configure SSL certificates.
xConfigure spam filtering settings.
Assuming "domain.com" is replaced with your actual domain on a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following website addresses would not bring you to a cPanel login page?
xdomain.com
www.domain.com/cpanel
www.domain.com:2083
cpanel.domain.com
What does the acronym WHM stand for, in cPanel & WHM?
Whole Host Manipulator
xWeb Host Manager
Web Hero Master
Wide Home Maker
About how long does it take to set up a mailing-list in cPanel?
1m
x5m
10m
1h
Which of the following options indicates a cPanel & WHM feature that can provide users with access to the server's command line interface (or, CLI) directly from within the cPanel or WHM interfaces?
Server Control
xTerminal
Server Command
Shell
Assuming that your server's IP address is '12.34.56.78', which of the following services could be reached by navigating to the following address in your browser?
https://12.34.56.78:2087
Systems Control Center (SCC)
Server Status Display (SSD)
cPanel Support Center (CPSC)
xWebhost Manager (WHM)
Of the following options, which of these are cPanel & WHM features that would be of interest to a programmer or web developer?
AFK
SSL
SMTP
xAPI
Which of the following statistics does a cPanel account have access to from within the cPanel account interface?
xBandwidth usage
Other accounts' disk usage
Server CPU temperature
Server startup logs
Which of the following options best describes one way that cPanel makes installation of cPanel & WHM an easy process?
xcPanel provides a single command that can be copied and pasted onto the command line.
cPanel provides a single, 16-step procedure with comprehensive documentation to guide customers through each step.
cPanel provides a single executable that can be launched using a remotely delivered API request.
cPanel provides a single CD-ROM that can be mailed internationally, free of charge.
Which of the following options best describes a core benefit to using cPanel & WHM, as a web hosting provider operating on a cPanel & WHM environment?
xcPanel users are able to self-manage configurations and software, reducing the support demand on the web host.
cPanel users are able to create new virtualization resources to help host their web applications.
cPanel users are able to establish and self-manage their own network routing configurations.
cPanel users are able to set up network tunnels to establish secure communication between servers.
cPanel provides multiple database software options for server administrators to choose from. MySQL is one of these options.
Which of the following indicates one of the other options that are supported and provided by cPanel?
MongoDB
xMariaDB
IBM DB2
MSSQL
Which of the following capabilities can a cPanel account user perform easily from within the cPanel account interface without the aid of a system administrator?
Upgrading server hardware and equipment.
Relocating the physical server.
Installing new database software.
xFile and configuration management.
Which of the following services does our support team provide for customers coming from DirectAdmin, Plesk, and Ensim control panels?
Free estimates.
Free optimization.
xFree migration.
Free coupons.
Which of the following options indicates the office hours in which the cPanel Technical Support Analyst team is available?
7 days a week, from 9AM to 5PM, Central Standard Time.
24 hours a day, 365 days a year.
12 hours a day, 182.5 days a year.
Weekdays from 6AM to 6PM, Central Standard Time.
Which of the following options indicates the frequency of major updates being released for the product each year?
xQuarterly releases.
Bi-annual releases.
Weekly releases.
Centennial releases.
Which of the following services does cPanel provide for every customer with an active cPanel license?
Free technical support with our automated AI chatbot, cPanel Pete. No human support is available.
Free quotes on the cost of getting technical support from cPanel.
xFree technical support, support services, and customer assistance.
Free server-build assessments and cost estimates.
Which of the following types of applications can be created and managed with the cPanel account interface's Application Manager feature?
YAML Applications
xNode.js Applications
PHP Applications
'Amethyst on Tracks' Applications
Which of the following online resources provided by cPanel is the ideal place for customers to submit cPanel & WHM feature ideas, improvements, and suggestions for our developers to consider?
xThe cPanel Feature Request Site
The cPanel Documentations Site
The cPanel Store
cPanel University
Which of the following options indicates an actual feature within WHM that can be used to migrate one or more accounts between servers?
xTransfer Tool
Migration Assist
Account Relocate
Server Profiler
Which of the following options best describes an interface within WHM that allows administrators to easily create sets of limitations for different types of accounts, commonly based on some arrangement of web host pricing options?
Features >> Set Restrictions
Types >> New Type
Limitations >> Create Limits
xPackages >> Add a Package
Which of the following options indicates an actual security feature of cPanel & WHM servers that acts as a safety net for website security by using rules created by security authorities to intercept malicious attempts at exploiting websites and web applications?
SecurityNet
AuthMod
LockDown
xModSecurity
Which of the following options best describes a benefit of using SSL certificates to secure websites hosted on your server?
xThey ensure that communication between your server and the internet is safe and encrypted.
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is officially approved by the OIBC (Official Internet Bureau of Communications).
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet cannot occur.
They ensure that communication between your server and the internet is only visible by explicitly allowed individuals.
cPanel Support will provide which of the following services for customers that request it?
Providing financial advice.
Providing IANA-approved routing.
xPerforming cPanel & WHM installations.
Performing TSLC MicroPort adjustments.
Which of the following options best describes WHM's EasyApache feature?
xAn administrative feature that makes web server software changes fast and easy.
An administrative feature that makes email queue management fast and easy.
An administrative feature that makes processor overclocking calculation estimates fast and easy.
An administrative feature that makes printer calibration fast and easy.
Which of the following options are important for a customer to have on their server, in order to allow their cPanel & WHM installation to be licensed properly?
A home postal address.
xA public IP address.
A domain name address.
A Google Mail address.
Which of the following options indicates an actual feature included with EasyApache 4 that allows accounts on the same server to use different versions of PHP simultaneously?
xMultiPHP
cPPHP
YourPHP
MyPHP
Which of the following operating systems can cPanel & WHM NOT be installed or used on?
CentOS Servers
Amazon Linux Servers
xWindows Servers
Redhat Servers
Which of the following Content Management Systems (CMS) have a feature built into cPanel that allows customers to manage its installations and updates from within the cPanel account interface?
Typo3
Drupal
xWordPress
Joomla!
Which of the following options best describes the role of a web hosting control panel?
Software on the operating system that provides a desktop environment similar to Microsoft Windows or Apple's MacOS.
xSoftware on the operating system that provides a graphical interface designed to help automate server administration tasks.
Software on the operating system that provides a basic suite of office utilities, such as a word processor, spreadsheet manager, and a presentation designer.
Software on the operating system that provides a visual read-out of server specifications and statistics, such as temperature and fan speed.
Which of the following features available in WHM can help customers migrate easily between servers?
Feature Manager
EasyApache 4
xTransfer Tool
Security Advisor
In 2017, cPanel celebrated its anniversary of how many years?
100 years
x20 years
50 years
5 years
Which of the following indicates cPanel's flagship product?
CoreProc & Litespeed
AppConfig & cPsrvd
EasyApache & cPHulk
xcPanel & WHM
You completed this test on 06/06/2024, 05:28
Your score is 97.44%
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
1:1 or Many-to-1
Many-to-many
x1-to-1 (1:1) only
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
xRemote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
xA password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
MyISAM
Aria
xInnoDB
XtraDB
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
state
xquery
command
info
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
xAfter installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
xAborting the upgrade, intentionally or otherwise, part-way through the procedure.
Failing to perform a MySQL index flush via the information schema prior to upgrading.
A heavily customized set of Apache VirtualHost template files exists on the environment.
Leaving the MySQL daemon listening port open for the duration of the upgrade.
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
XtraDB
Aria
MyISAM
xInnoDB
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
xPrimarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Key constraint
xLocking
Encryption
Grant
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
JSON
YAML
xSQL
CSV
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
xChange a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Additional MySQL® Hosts
xManage MySQL® Profiles
MySQL® Connections
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Remap databases to other accounts.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
xRename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Type
xField
Category
Entry
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
10 characters.
x16 characters.
32 characters.
24 characters.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
xNo remote access is provided by default.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
xMyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
x1
2
4
3
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MAC address
Remote MySQL listening port
Remote API Token
xRemote SSH port
Which of the following options best indicate the typical delivery failure rate that a spamming email account will report, if examining from the Mail Delivery Reports interface found in WHM?
The account will report no failures.
xThe account will have a high failure rate.
The account with have a low failure rate.
This information is not available from the Mail Delivery Reports interface.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Sender Verification
xSender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
If you suspect that mail sent to the user who is over their quota is not delivered, which of the following WHM interfaces might you look to confirm why the message was not delivered?
xWHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager
WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter
WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports
WHM Home » Email » Exim Reports Manager
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
xThe load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
xThe message has been permanently deleted.
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
The message Is waiting in the queue.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is not enforcing encryption.
xExceeds its assigned quota.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
Is currently being backed up.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the checking of DNS resolution to see if the sender's domain exists?
Sender Verification Callouts
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
xRequire HELO before MAIL
Sender Verification
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
xIt does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Trusted SMTP Hosts
xTrusted SMTP IP Addresses
Trusted Mail Users
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
xThat the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The server's root mail contact.
The email's recipient.
xThe email's sender.
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
xIt is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
All mail from a specific user is neither delivered to the inbox nor bounced. When you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, you see a funnel-shaped icon next to the message.
Which of the following options best describes what this probably indicates?
xThe message was likely caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time due to spam-like characteristics.
The message was likely delivered successfully, but to the user's "Spam" folder.
The message was likely rejected at SMTP-time because the sender's email address or server is listed in an RBL.
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
xUse the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
xNone of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
xIt will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
xTo prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
Which of the following options describe an actual value that can be adjusted within the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration interface?
Controlling whether monitoring of the Dovecot service is enabled or disabled.
None of these options are found on the Mailserver Configuration interface.
Controlling the time and frequency of system updates to the Dovecot software.
xControlling the maximum and spare quantities of authentication daemon processes.
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Rejected it.
Classified it as spam.
xDelayed it.
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
xDelete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
xUpload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Which of the following options accurately describe an action that one can perform from within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Change Apache's security settings to determine what kind of restrictions are in place for inbound HTTP requests.
xChange the MPM that is used in your Apache installation.
Change the php.ini files that are utilized for each installed PHP version.
Change the kernel that is booted based on the active version of Apache as selected in EasyApache 4.
In a cPanel & WHM environment operating with EasyApache 4, one could define an EasyApache profile as which of the following?
A planning tool used to design an ideal Apache environment without making any real changes to the environment.
Profiles were used in EasyApache 3 but are no longer utilized as of EasyApache 4.
A list of steps used to instruct the user on how to install Apache from the command line interface.
xA collection of packages that can be provisioned.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
xReduced chance of critical Apache failures.
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
SQLite
xJSON
PDF
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
xPHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
xDSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
php56-ea4
ea-dso-php56
xea-php56
multiPHP_5.6
Given the following options, select the components or component combinations that would provide standard per-user process ownership for handling PHP content.
DSO (mod_fcgid) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
FCGI (mod_fcgid) OR Worker (mpm_worker_module) OR CGI (mod_cgi)
xsuPHP (mod_suphp) OR Ruid2 (mod_ruid2) OR PHP-FPM
CGI (mod_cgi) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
Which of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
xPHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.6
Apache 2.0
Apache 2.2
xApache 2.4
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
xcPanel & WHM
cPanel only
This must be done from the command-line interface.
WHM only
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
FCGId
MPM
xsuPHP
DSO
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
DEB packages.
tar.gz packages.
CPMOVE packages.
xRPM packages.
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
xYou can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, within which of the following WHM interfaces can you adjust the server's default PHP version?
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Versions interface.
xThis can be adjusted from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's Apache Configuration interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Configuration interface.
Why is it suggested against using PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk?
xPHP DSO runs as the user nobody by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
mod_ruid2 and mpm_itk will provide extreme efficiency benefits to PHP DSO.
This is a legacy suggestion. It is now safe to use PHP DSO without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk.
PHP DSO runs as the user root by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
Which of the following Apache modules are core to Apache and can be disabled, but cannot be removed using the EasyApache 4 interface?
mod_evasive
mod_itk
mod_php
xmod_userdir
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
xThe version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
max_execution_time
safe_mode
user_dir
xmemory_limit
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you perform a graceful restart of the nameserver software?
xWHM Home >> Restart Services >> DNS Server
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Restart Nameserver
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Restart Nameserver
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
xdig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
Nameserver address record setup in modern installations of cPanel & WHM, both within the Basic WHM Setup and Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges interfaces, provide support for certain DNS records associated which of the following types of hostnames?
Hostnames that resolve to TXT records.
Hostnames that resolve to SPF records.
Hostnames that resolve to MX records.
xHostnames that resolve to AAAA records.
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
DNS cache poisoning.
xSpoofing and unauthorized senders.
Mail bomb attacks.
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
Which of the following statements accurately describe a situation in which DNS zone templates would be useful, in a cPanel & WHM environment?
Zone templates can only be used during initial server setup process, before any zones have been added to the server.
Any time that you host a large quantity of zones, and require a zone merge to reduce the DNS service load time.
xAny time that similar customizations are needed across all hosted accounts.
Any time that customizations are needed on a DNS zone.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
NSD
BIND/named
MyDNS
xPowerDNS
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
xSynchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Diego is a web designer who operates his own cPanel & WHM server. He wants to create a test subdomain for one of his clients and upload some web content to it so that he can share a "beta" (non-production) version of the site to his client.
Which of the following interfaces should he start with, in order to accomplish this?
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone
xcPanel » Domains » Domains
Edit the zone directly from the command line.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
xWHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
This cannot be done in WHM.
If, because of incorrect customization, you cannot edit a zone in the WHM editor, which of the following WHM interfaces can you use to re-apply the zone template and remove any customizations?
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
xWHM » DNS Functions » DNS Zone Manager.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit MX Entry.
You must correct the zone from the command line, using utilities provided by the bind-utils package.
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
cThe public IP address.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
The private IP address.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
xTo determine where to send mail for a domain.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
xA recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Update whois information.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
Register a domain.
xChange an MX record.
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
xA nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A root nameserver.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
Pending mode (non-production)
x"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
Development mode (non-production)
Which of the following best describes one of the primary, intended purposes of a DNSOnly server?
Specifically handling the processing of SPF and DKIM verification.
xProviding a means of establishing DNS redundancy in a cluster configuration.
Assisting with the distribution of the workload involved with serving website content.
Testing DNS configurations before using them in production.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
x0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
The zone is considered invalid.
xThe A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
You cannot send mail to the domain.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
Only the second record is used.
The records are concatenated.
One record is randomly selected each time.
xThe zone is considered invalid.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following applications could be described as a daemon that listens on localhost and assigns scores to messages received by the mail server?
dovecot
spamc
xspamd
sa-learn
SpamAssassin obtains its final probability score for a message through which of the following methods?
It uses a complex algorithm that is intentionally obscured from the public to ensure continued reliability.
It subtracts the total of each triggered rule's score from 100.
xIt adds together the score results from each triggered rule.
It takes the score average from the total of each of the triggered rules.
Which of the following options best defines a poisoned bayesian database?
xIt has been populated with an excessive amount of false positives.
Core files and folders within its file system have been deleted or are otherwise missing.
It is no longer being stored in the correct file format.
The character set has been changed from the default UTF-8.
Which of the following applications can be described as a program used during service checks to ensure that spamd is operational?
xspamd
cpdavd
xspamc
sa-learn
Which of the following exim commands would provide you with the same functionality found within WHM's Mail Troubleshooter interface?
Exim -Mr
xexim -bt
exim -pt
exim -rt
The highlighted part of the message below indicates which of the following values?
2015-02-18 09:25:42 1Y06VR-0000Iw-7C= test@cptest.test H=localhost ([10.5.2.154]) [::1]:38793 P=esmtpa A=dovecot_login:test@cptest.test S=724 id=afc7s4294172a42cd5ce527636d7b74c.squrrel@10.6.2.152 T="test discard filter" for filters@cptest.test
The message ID
The encoded email address
The encoded server hostname
xThe Exim ID
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YO6VR-00081w-7C => test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was rejected.
xThe message was delivered.
The message was deferred.
The message was deleted.
What does the line in the Exim log that contains the SpamAssassin warning signify?
The email account that the message was headed to.
The email account that the message was sent from.
xThe individual score positives and negatives caused by each spam test that was run during the scan.
The cPanel account that the message was scanned by.
Which of the following Actions in a cPanel email filter will result in an incoming message being rejected without sending any notifications?
Stop Processing Rules
Reject Message
Fail with message
xDiscard Message
Which of the following best describes the role of the exim -Mrm command?
Prints the routing path that messages would use based on a specified email address.
Unfreezes a message based on a specified Exim ID.
xDeletes the message based on a given the Exim ID.
Prints the count of messages that currently exist in the queue.
Which of the following can be discerned from the Exim log entry shown below?
1YOv2S-0005IY-7r == test@cptest.test R=virtual_user T=virtual_userdelivery
The message was rejected.
xThe message was deferred.
The message was deleted.
The message was delivered.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the virtual_user router during a message's delivery, as seen in the exim logs?
xThe message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to a Mailman mailing list.
The message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
What header information would be present in both email messages being exchanged between two cPanel servers but not appear in the Exim logs of either server?
Delivery Date
xExim ID
Subject
Message ID
Which of the following values are provided in the output of the exim -bp command?
Message Routing Path
Message ID
xExim ID
SpamAssassin Score
What is the role of the -y flag when used with the exiqgrep utility?
Messages older than the number of seconds given.
xMessages newer than the number of seconds given.
Messages that have not had a send attempted yet.
Messages sent yesterday or prior, with no arguments.
Which of the following describes what is indicated by the use of the localuser router during a message's delivery, as seen in the Exim logs?
A cPanel account-level filter was applied during the message's processing.
xThe message was delivered to a default (cPanel) account.
The message was delivered to an email account created in the cPanel interface.
The message was delivered to an email account on a Mailman mailing list.
Which of the following commands will remove all messages sent by the spammer@example.tld user within the last 30 minutes?
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -r spammer@example.tld -o 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
exiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 30 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
xexiqgrep -f spammer@example.tld -y 1800 -i | xargs exim -Mrm
In an Exim log entry, the cwd value indicates which of the following?
The directory that triggered the delivery of the message.
xThe user executing the command.
The exit signal that terminated the command.
The common write destination for the message handler.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, if you select PHP 5.6 as the default PHP version, then from which of the following paths will the php.ini file be loaded?
/etc/php.ini
/usr/local/lib/php.ini
x/opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.ini
/var/cpanel/ea/php56/etc/php.ini
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following utilities can you execute from the command-line to save the current set of Apache & PHP components defined in EasyApache into an EasyApache 4 profile?
x/usr/local/bin/ea_current_to_profile
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile
/usr/bin/ea_install_profile
/etc/yum/ea_install_profile
Which of the following terms can be described as a special text string syntax used for describing a search pattern?
xRegular Expression
Algorithm
Wildcard
Grep
When referencing the Apache error log, what does the highlighted portion of this log entry represent?
[Fri Sep 09 10:42:29.902022 2011] [core:error] [pid 35708:tid 4328636416] [client 72.15.99.187] File does not exist: /usr/local/apache2/htdocs/favicon.ico
An indication that this error comes from the Linux kernel, NOT the Apache software.
The log entry's severity level.
An arbitrary label assigned to this type of log entry via the httpd.conf file.
xThe name of the Apache module that triggered the error.
When administering a server running cPanel & WHM, which of the following commands contains the appropriate paths and arguments needed to install an EasyApache 4 profile from the command-line?
x/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /etc/cpanel/ea4/profiles/cpanel/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.yaml
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile /var/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
/usr/local/bin/ea_install_profile --install /usr/local/cpanel/ea4/profiles/default.json
Which of the following options could be described as a repository for PHP extensions?
perl
xpecl
scl
git
In a server running cPanel & WHM, how can you create a new EasyApache 4 profile from within the server's command-line?
Run "/scripts/easyapache --profile", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
Use the "/usr/bin/ea_generate_profile" utility to dump the output of a standard profile template into the terminal, then use that output as your starting point for a new profile file.
xIn the file system, make a copy of an existing profile's file, edit it with any desired changes, then save the new file.
Run "/usr/local/bin/ea4_profile_edit", and use the interactive prompts displayed directly in the terminal.
If, from the command line of a server running cPanel & WHM, you run the rebuild_phpconf command with an appropriate action, then include the --errors option, which of the following will happen?
This is not a valid argument to pass to the rebuild_phpconf command.
It sets the severity level for PHP logging to "errors", so that only STDERR is logged, excluding informational entries.
It redirects errors in the rebuild process to a log file instead of outputting them on the screen (as STDERR).
xIt outputs any errors in the rebuild process to the screen (sends to STDERR and log file).
Which factor might affect the amount of Apache access/dom logs that exist on the server?
xBased on the number of virtual hosts that exist on the server.
Based on a configuration variable value set within the httpd.conf file.
Based on the number of cPanel accounts that exist on the server.
Based on a value given on the "Limit Apache Access Logs" setting, found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
Of the following, which of these options describe information that can be obtained by using the yum info command?
The list of only the currently installed packages, but not the available ones from the installed repositories.
xThe plugins currently being loaded by the yum application.
The list of only the available, but not yet installed, packages from the installed repositories.
The dependencies of all installed packages on the system.
Which of the following terms can be described as the destination where a process can write error messages, which can often either be to the "screen", or to a log file?
STDIO
xSTDERR
STDIN
STDOUT
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
xThe size of the returned file (in bytes).
The process ID of the Apache process that handled the request.
The HTTP status code.
The time taken to complete the request (in seconds).
In a cPanel & WHM environment, within which of the following paths would you be able to find the Apache modules stored?
/usr/local/cpanel/apache2/modules/
/usr/lib/apache2/
/etc/apache2/modules.d/
x/etc/apache2/modules/
Which of the following options best describes the yellow-highlighted portion of the Apache access log entry shown below?
127.0.0.1 - frank [10/Oct/2000:13:55:36 -0700] "GET /apache_pb.gif HTTP/1.0" 200 2326
The IP address that the Apache daemon process is listening on.
xThe IP address of the requestor.
The IP address of the resolver.
The IP address of the server.
To retrieve the IPv6 record of a domain, you would query for which of the following records in a domain?
xAAAA
V6
A
IPv6
In a cPanel & WHM environment, in order to define a range or subnet of IP addresses for the system to re-use in the named.conf file, you should create which of the following kinds of configuration objects?
Logging Channels
xACLs
Controls
Aliases
On a server that does not need to facilitate zone transfers, which of the following configuration variables found in the named.conf file should be set to none to disable them?
xallow-transfer
transfer-zones
recursion
transfers
In a cPanel & WHM environment, you will find zone files stored in /var/named when using which of the following namesever software?
MyDNS
BIND/named
xAll of these.
PowerDNS
After a domain is updated at the registrar, where does the registrar then send that domain's record data?
xTo the TLD nameserver.
To the configured resolvers.
To the authoritative nameserver.
To the client browser.
A default cPanel & WHM environment configures a custom logging channel, default_log, to log to which of the following paths?
/var/log/messages
/var/log/named.log
x/var/log/named/named.log
/var/named/logs/named.log
If named fails to start due to a configuration error, which of the following commands would be the most helpful for you to run?
named --check-conf
xnamed-checkconf
named-check --conf
named --conf
In a cPanel & WHM environment, DNS zone templates can be used to ensure which of the following?
To facilitate transfers between WHM servers, to ensure that zones are functional on the destination server.
xTo standardize a set of zone records and structure that will be used for a large number of DNS zones.
To ensure that caching nameservers are informed that zone updates need to be performed on all cached zones.
The system saves changes to zone files when the DNS server restarts
By default, which of these logging categories are routed into the default_log channel, in a BIND/named DNS server configuration?
xgeneral
standard
update
config
When operating within a cPanel & WHM server, which of the following indicates the best method to restart the DNS server from the command line?
service dns restart
/usr/bin/named --restart
/etc/init.d/bind restart
x/scripts/restartsrv_named
What does the acronym ACL represent, in the context of a BIND/named configuration (among other contexts)?
Access Command Limit
Answer Control Limit
Amended Command Label
xAccess Control List
On a cPanel & WHM environment, the system stores the private/public keys for DKIM in which of the following paths?
/var/cpanel/keys
/etc/ssl
/usr/local/cpanel/domain_keys
x/var/cpanel/domain_keys
Which of the following utilities included with BIND/named can be used to troubleshoot malformed zone files?
check-bindzone
zonecheck
named-zone --check
xnamed-checkzone
Which of the following DNS-related command-line utilities would provide you with similar results to those given by the dig utility, and is used for essentially the same purposes?
netstat
xnslookup
strace
traceroute
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools can best be described as the executable that creates grants_[cpuser].yaml files from existing MySQL grants, as found within the existing mysql.user database?
rebuildgrants
xrestoregrants
dbstoregrants
dbmaptool
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following tools is best described as the command-line equivalent of WHM’s Database Map Tool interface?
setupdbmap
dbindex
dbmapsetup
xdbmaptool
You must stop the MySQL service in order to perform which of the following actions?
Perform a SQL REPAIR operation on a MyISAM table.
Make backups in the form of SQL dumps.
Restore a single database backup.
xRelocate or rename the data directory file in the MySQL data directory.
Which of the following describes one of the important steps discussed when describing how a full MySQL data directory can be manually restored from a cPanel-created backup?
xEnsure ownership of the restored files is mysql:mysql, after being copied into the data directory.
Ensure that the file move is performed with the -f flag, to force it to overwrite any existing MySQL data directories that may already be in place.
Ensure that the /scripts/migrate_mysql_cache script has been performed after the operation, to update all appropriate back-end cache files.
Ensure that the immutable attribute has been appropriately assigned to the db.opt files within each restored database subfolder.
Which of the following statements about InnoDB tablespaces are true?
They can be safely relocated as needed via a simple mv command from the file system.
xThey can be stored individually within a database folder, or lumped together into the ibdata1 file.
They have a simple plain text files that are human-readable.
They all store a copy of the data dictionary containing descriptive information about the table's structure.
How should you enable the slow query log on a cPanel & WHM server?
Change the Tweak Setting for “Enable Slow Query Log” to “On”.
Create the mysql directory in /var/log/ and add an empty "query_log" file.
xAdd "slow_query_log=1" to the mysqld section of the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
Add "slow-log=/path/to/log" anywhere in the /etc/my.cnf configuration file.
If the MySQL processes are stopped using the kill -9 command, what can you expect to happen?
The log files will produce an excessive number of warnings, which may begin causing disk space issues if unaddressed.
A DROP is automatically triggered by MySQL on the last table that was being written to at the time, to prevent damage to the system.
The severed writes on the databases will increase risk of database corruption.
xAn increased security risk of compromised authentication.
When looking at the following excerpt from the beginning of a SHOW GRANTS result, what do the wildcard asterisks represent in the *.* shown below?
GRANT USAGE ON *.*
[username].[hostname or IP]
x[database].[table]
[hostname or IP].[database]
[username].[groupname]
The following text shows an example of which type of syntax, also visible in some mapping-related files stored by cPanel within the file system?
{"version":1,"MYSQL":{"noprefix":{},"owner":"animals","dbusers":{"cpses_anQnAmWDcX":{"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{}}},"server":"172.16.0.40","dbs":{"birds":"172.16.0.40","animals_fish":"172.16.0.40"}}}
xJSON
YAML
SQL
XML
In a cPanel & WHM environment, the /var/cpanel/databases directory contains which of the following?
The logs stored by cPanel for historical MySQL/MariaDB usage data.
The primary data directory in which MySQL databases are stored.
xThe files created and used by cPanel for database mapping.
The directory where MySQL stores update logs for MySQL/MariaDB.
If the backup directory is /backup, where would you find the compressed backup file of the full MySQL data directory?
/backup/system/[date]/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
/backup/system/directories/[date]/mysql.tar.gz
/backup/cpanel/dirs/_mysql_.tar.gz
x/backup/[date]/system/dirs/_var_lib_mysql.tar.gz
In which subdirectory of a cPanel backup folder can individual database backups created within a cPanel account-level backup be found?
xIn the mysql directory
In the public_html directory
In the _var_lib_mysql directory
In the databases directory
Which of the following SQL queries would be the most effective in identifying MySQL users that still have pre-4.1 passwords in use?
SELECT user FROM user WHERE password < 41;
SELECT password from user WHERE length(password) < 41;
SELECT password, user, host FROM user where length(password) < 4.1;
xSELECT DISTINCT user FROM user WHERE length(password) < 41;
What would be the best solution to address the email notifications that include the following message: dbindex cache file is out of date
Manually edit the file to correct the corrupted data.
Delete the file and allow it to be recreated automatically.
Restore the file from an available backup.
xRun /scripts/fix-dbindex.
What is the purpose of the template file in a Plugin?
Runs the script
xBuilds the AppConfig file
Displays UI content
Tells you how the plugin works
cPanel plugins are available to which type of accounts?
xRoot or Reseller
Root
User-Level
Reseller
WHM plugins MAY BE available to which types of accounts?
cPanel
Root
xReseller
Root or Reseller
What of the following can be described as a structured way for one program to offer services to other programs?
Hooked action
Plugin
xAPI
Integration
Which API performs server-level tasks?
UAPI
cpliveapi
Manage2 API
xWHM API 1
What part of an API call will specify the session of the call?
action
token
xfunction
input parameter
All of the following scripts can be used in an application file except …
xPng
CGI
PHP
Perl
Which file contains the settings for a plugin?
xConfiguration
Template
Documentation
Binary
While not advised, which port would you use for unsecured API calls to a specific cPanel account?
2095
x2082
2089
2086
Which API allows you to manage cPanel licenses?
WHM API 1
UAPI
cpliveapi
xManage2 API
Let's assume a node.js developer has an account called "user" on your WHM server and they followed the cPanel guide to creating a test node.js application. Where would you find the node.js test script?
x/home/user/nodejsapp/app.js
/home/user/public_html/nodejsapp/app.js
/home/user/www/app.js
/home/user/app.js
Assuming a cPanel account is using a Feature List with the "SSH Access & Terminal" feature enabled, which privilege will they need to actually access the Terminal feature?
Normal Shell
Terminal Access
Shell
xShell Access
A simple definition of a "package" on a WHM server would be as follows:
xa set of resource limits and list of usable features
a set of permissions of a group of accounts
resellers which offer hosting accounts fitting within their own accounts
map the feature manager settings to accounts
What is the version control feature provided by cPanel?
GitLab
GitHub
xGit™ Version Control
Git
In order to add environment variables for your web applications, which RPM must be added?
xea-apache24-mod_env
ea-apache24-mod_mpm_prefork
ea-apache24-mod_cgi
ea-apache24-mod_security
One of the most important features used by developers is the Application Manager, what is the main use of this manager?
install and uninstall applications
xregister and unregister applications
act as a developer framework
allows the end-user to manage system level applications
All of the following external services are available for remote backup destinations except ...
Amazon S3
Rsync
WebDAV
xiCloud
Which of the following can be customized in a package?
zFeature List
PHP Version
Sudo Access
Owner
As an end user, which is the proper way to restore your full cPanel backup?
xContact your hosting provider
SSH
Using the terminal
cPanel account UI
When setting "Disk Space Quota" during package creation, in which unit format must the quota be specified?
xMB
GB
TB
KB
All of the following categories are hookable events except …
ConvertAddon
Stats
xUpdate
PkgAcct
The script that you need to use to “register” your standard hook is called …
activate_hooks
register_hooks
standard_hooks
xmanage_hooks
All of the following code types can be run as a hook except …
Bash
xGit
Python
NodeJS
All of the following stages can be hooked during a backup except …
postFinalize
xpost
preFinalize
pre
How many categories of hookable events are possible?
10
6
12
x8
All hook action scripts must have the correct file permissions to work properly, which permissions do they need to have?
751
777
750
x755
To register a hookable event which script would you run?
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/manage_hooks
/scripts/manage_hooks
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/manage_hooks
/sbin/manage_hooks
To enable debug mode you would do which of these actions?
Choose the option from the Debug Mode interface.
Create the file: /etc/debug.txt
xChoose the option from the Tweak Settings interface.
Run the script: /scripts/enable_debug
All of the following types of code can be used as a hook action code are permissible except …
.php
.pl
.py
x.exe
Hook action code must be treated as an encoded data structure of which of the following types?
XML
YAML
xJSON
HTML
When using whmapi1 on the command line and you want to perform a key/value call to the API you can specify all the following output formats except ...
jsonpretty
yaml
xxml
txt
What does the alias /scripts/ point to in the file system?
/var/cpanel/scripts/
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/
x/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/
/usr/local/sbin/
The EasyApache profiles are found in which location?
/etc/profile
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4
/usr/local/cpanel/3rdparty/share/yui/profiler
x/etc/cpanel/ea4
Which term is defined as: "Applies an overlay on the skeletal framework for all of the interfaces"?
xtheme
branding
plugin
style
Which of the following interfaces are you able to make branding changes to match your companies logo and brand?
xcPanel & Webmail
WHM & Webmail
cPanel & Webmail & WHM
cPanel & WHM
cpapi2 calls are similar to which other type of API calls?
cpanel1
xuapi
whmapi1
cpapi1
Which term is defined as: "Adding custom content to header or footer of the UI"?
xincludes
style
plugin
branding
You would use uapi functions when you want to perform which type of operation?
xcPanel account-level operations
root operations
reseller level operations
whm level operations
The ea-cpanel-tools package contains executables to help you manage your EasyApache 4 configurations from the command line are found in this location:
/sbin
/usr/local/cpanel/bin
/usr/bin
x/usr/local/bin
When a system boots, it runs a script called "onboot_handler", where are the scripts located that are run by this handler?
/usr/local/cpanel/on_boot/
/var/libexec/on_boot/
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/on_boot/
x/var/cpanel/on_boot/
Which of the following components handles all HTTP requests from a CDN to identify IP authenticity?
xWebShield
NetCheck
Proactive Defense
Reactive Defense
Within which tab found in the Imunify360 user interface displays charts of incidents detected and prevented, as well as recommendations and summary statistics?
Heatmap
Malware Scanner
xDashboard
Firewall
Which of the following Imunify360 components is utilized to detect malicious files on the server?
Exploit Scanner
xMalware Scanner
Reputation Management
Intrusion Detection Scanner
Which of the following domains can be successfully used to access Imunify360's official documentation?
manual.imunify360.com
xdocs.imunify360.com
help.imunify360.com
support.imunify360.com
Which of the following indicates a component that handles kernel patch management, and does not require reboot upon updating?
ModSecurity
xKernelCare
Yum
HardenPHP
Which of the following ensures that the 'defense' mode of the Proactive Defense component of Imunify360 is used?
Log Mode
Restrict Mode
PHP Mode
xKill Mode
In which of the following lists would you add an IP address that should always be considered legitimate, and should never be blocked in any circumstances?
Gray
Black
Authorized
xWhite
Within which tab of the Imunify360 user interface can blocked ports be managed?
Dashboard
Settings
xFirewall
Heatmap
How many layers does Imunify360 specify in its defined approach to establishing a secure Linux server environment?
A one-layer approach
xA six-layer approach
A three-layer approach
A ten-layer approach
When viewing the Incidents tab of the User Interface, what color of 'bubble' containing an IP would indicate that the IP is not in any list and that the IP address is not blocked?
Red
xBlue
Green
Yellow
Which of the following indicates a component that visualizes the geographical distribution of incidents on the Imunify Dashboard?
xHeatmap
Incidents
Xray
Charts
Which of the following indicates the component of Imunify360 that detects and blocks malicious PHP scripts at runtime?
Malware Scanner
xProactive Defense
Intrusion Defense
Reactive Defense
Within which of the following tabs of the User Interface can all recorded alerts and incidents up to the last month be found?
Settings
xDashboard
Firewall
Configuration
Into which of the following lists does a malicious IP get added into automatically, once detected by Imunify360's heuristics?
Null List
White List
Black List
xGray List
Which of the following indicates the type of challenge that is shown for all requests originating from Graylisted IP addresses?
xCAPTCHA
GrSec
IceBucket
Turing
Which of the following users must Imunify360 be installed as?
sudo
'nobody'
xroot
Any user may be used.
Which of the following commands can be used to perform Imunify360-related tasks from within the command-line interface?
i360d
imunifyctl
ximunify360-agent
cloudlinux-agent
Which of the following types of licenses does Imunify360 support, along with key-based licenses?
xIP
GrSec
SSH
Incident
How many days does Imunify360 allow for its trial period?
x30 days
14 days
7 days
360 days
Which of the following indicates the standalone, free malware scanner software solution that is made available for cPanel by the Imunify development team?
ImunifyLite
Imunify360
Imunify QuickPatch
xImunifyAV
You completed this test on 06/14/2024, 05:17
Your score is 95.00%
Which of the following best describes the fundamental difference between an archived backup and a compressed backup?
An archived backup is simply a compressed backup that has been stored in Gzipped format.
An archived backup explicitly stores changes within a Tar file.
+An archived backup is an uncompressed version of a compressed backup.
The two backup types are synonymous; there is no fundamental difference between the two.
Can a client schedule a backup job to run immediately after another backup job?
Sometimes. Only backups of the same backup type are able to be run sequentially.
+Yes. The client should use the schedule type labeled: After job is done
No. However, backups can scheduled to run simultaneously.
No. Each backup will run explicitly at the time specified within the job's settings.
A client can see backups in WHM for their customer, but when the customer tries to browse their backups through the JetBackup section of the cPanel user interface, it appears as if there are no backups. Which of the following choices describes the most likely explanation for this?
JetBackup is not enabled within WHM's Feature Manager.
The backup job index is incorrect, requiring the administrator to perform a re-indexing operation to resolve it.
The administrator has prevented access to snapshots through JetBackup Access Control List (ACL).
+The administrator has enabled the “Hide Snapshots” setting for this backup destination.
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the status of support for Incremental Backups in JetBackup?
Only the Amazon S3 backup destination type supports incremental backups.
+Some backup destination types support incremental backups, but not all.
All backup destination types support incremental backups.
No incremental backup support exists for any destination types.
A client has enabled Cloudlinux support. How will this affect a backup job's available resources and performance?
The job will run within a limited environment, will consume less CPU & IO, and most likely take longer to complete.
+The job will perform much faster, as Cloudlinux support will optimize the server's performance if enabled on in a native Cloudlinux operating system.
The job will run as usual, with no performance or resource impact, as Cloudlinux support only affects the verbosity of logging and debug information.
The job will run as usual, without any resource or performance impact, as Cloudlinux support only introduces a security layer.
A client has accounts that utilize over 1 million inodes. What is the best way for this client to skip these accounts during a backup job?
The client should choose only the accounts they want to backup, when adjusting a backup job's settings, skipping the affected accounts when doing so.
The client should create a new hook that automatically checks accounts' inode counts, and triggers a failure action appropriately.
+The client should create a new filter type called “Inode usage”, then set limits appropriately.
The client should create a new filter type called “Accounts”, then choose the accounts that they would like to exclude.
Which of the following options indicates the primary requirement for a snapshot to be used?
An active backup job must exist, and must be configured to use a full backup.
An active backup job must exist.
An active backup job must exist, and must be configured to use destinations that support bucket storage.
+An active backup job must exist, and must be configured to use destinations that support incremental backups.
Which of the following options best describes the definition of an orphan backup?
+A backup of an account that has been terminated from WHM, but is still being stored physically.
A backup that has remained unindexed for more than 30 days, and has been purged from the database as a result.
A backup of an Addon Domain that is not linked to any physical cPanel account.
A backup from a non-cPanel environment that is still being stored physically on the system.
Which of the following statements best describes JetBackup's support for single-file restoration from within a backup?
This is not possible with JetBackup. Only a full account restore is possible.
This is possible with JetBackup. Single files can always be restored from any backup.
This is possible with JetBackup, but only when using the Google Drive destination type.
+This is possible with JetBackup, but the capability is limited to incremental backups only
Which of the following choices best describes the benefits and general purpose of using a backup hook?
+Backup hooks exist to allow the user to trigger actions with parameters automatically at a specific point.
Backup hooks exist to allow the user to rewrite and modify JetBackup's core behaviors.
Backup hooks exist to allow the user to install 3rd-party plugins that interact with JetBackup's automation.
Backup hooks exist for JetBackup internal purposes only, and should not be used by customers and end-users.
Which of the following options best defines a Safety Backup?
A safety backup is a special system backup taken prior to a cPanel & WHM upgrade.
A safety backup is a pre-defined snapshot of an account taken prior to a website update.
+A safety backup is an account backup, or snapshot, taken prior to performing a full account restoration.
A safety backup is a backup that is never removed from the system and should be used specifically for crash recovery.
When editing user permissions in the JetBackup interface, which of the following best describes the difference between the use of the terms “No”, and “Never”?
+'Never' will deny the action, and won’t allow an override; 'No' will simply deny the action.
'Never' will deny the action and its children; 'No' will only deny the action.
There is no real difference between the two.
'Never' will ignore action entirely; 'No' will ignore the action, but log its occurrence.
Which of the following options best describes JetBackup's support for specifically backing up DNS Zones?
JetBackup does not support this, but a full account backup will contain all user data including DNS Zones.
JetBackup supports this through the use of file excludes.
+JetBackup supports this through the interface, by checking only “DNS Zones” under “Backup contains” from within a job's settings.
JetBackup does not support this. However, this can still be achieved through the use of scripted hooks.
Which of the following best describes JetBackup's support for specifically backing up mailboxes?
JetBackup does not support this. However, this can still be achieved through the use of scripted hooks.
JetBackup does not support this, but a full account backup will contain all user data including its mailboxes.
+JetBackup supports this through the interface, by checking “Backup Only Email Structure” under “Backup contains” from within a job's settings.
JetBackup supports this through the use of file excludes.
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the status of support for Compressed Backups in Jetbackup?
No compressed backup support exists for any destination types.
+All backup destination types support compressed backups.
Some backup destination types support compressed backups, but not all.
Only the Rsync.net backup destination type supports compressed backups.
Which of the following options best describes the role and purpose of a JB Config?
+A JB Config exists as internal JetBackup data containing its full configuration and is useful for disaster migration or recovery.
A JB Config exists as JetBackup internal system database, and is useful for analyzing logs and statistics.
A JB Config is a unique snapshot of your system’s architecture, used for licensing and support diagnostics.
AJB Config does not exist.
Which of the following statements best describes JetBackup's support for allowing a cPanel user to only view backups, without actually being able to restore them?
+This is possible with JetBackup through the use of JetBackup's permissions system.
This is the default setting with JetBackup on a cPanel & WHM environment; only root administrators can restore backups by default.
This is possible with JetBackup, but is dependant on whether the backup job type is utilizing an incremental or compressed type of backup.
There is no means of restricting this with JetBackup; once a cPanel user has access to their backups, they are not limited on the actions that they may perform with them.
A client wishes to receive specific notifications, such as restoration, backup, and clone completion. They would also like to disable some notifications. To which Jetbackup interface should they navigate to accomplish this?
This cannot be done in the interface and requires a direct file change to the /root/.forward file.
There is no ability to change notification settings either in or outside of the interface.
The client should use the WHM → Contact Manager → JetBackup interface to accomplish this.
+The client should use the WHM → JetBackup → Settings → Notification interface to accomplish this.
Can you set the backup to run every 30 minutes?
Yes, but only when the job is not already in progress.
No. JetBackup randomly determines the scheduling, and the minimum possible interval is Daily.
Yes. Any interval can be specified, and there is no minimum.
+No. The minimum selectable interval is Hourly.
Is there a way to log all backup activity for a specific cPanel account?
Yes, by using cron jobs to monitor JetBackup, and then performing an action when it is identified that a certain account has been backed up.
Yes. Using the Account Settings interface in cPanel, this capability can be enabled.
Yes, but only through the use of a scripted JetBackup hook for the appropriate action.
+No. There is no current method to log backup activity for a specific account.
You completed this test on 05/07/2024, 13:01
Your score is 85.00%
WB
You completed this test on 06/14/2024, 04:57
Your score is 80.00%
What are the benefits of a backup hook? What does it allow you to do in the general sense?
+A hook allows me to run a script at the hook point supplying relevant parameters
A hook allows me to rewrite & modify JetBackup core functions
A hook allows me to install 3rd party plugins
A hook is there for JetBackup internal purposes only
Is it possible to backup mailboxes only?
No, a full account backup will contain all user data including emails.
JetBackup supports this through the interface, by checking "Backup Only Email Structure" under "Backup contains" from within a job's settings.
+Yes, using hooks
Yes, using file excludes
Is it possible for a cPanel user to only view backups without being able to restore them?
No, once a cPanel user has access to his backups he is not limited to any action
Yes, by default cPanel users can only view and root admin can restore
Yes, but It depends on the backup job type (incremental vs compressed)
+Yes, using the JetBackup permissions system
Is it possible to backup DNS Zones only?
Yes, using file excludes
+Yes, inside backup job settings check only "DNS Zones" under "Backup Contains"
No, a full account backup will contain all user data including DNS Zones.
Yes, using hooks
When editing user permissions, what is the difference between no and never?
Never will deny action & its children
There is no difference.
Never will ignore the action
+No will deny the action, Never will deny & won’t allow permission override
If a client wishes to receive certain Alert level notifications or wishes to disable some, where within the interface should they navigate?
Change settings inside cPanel Contact Manager
+WHM -> JetBackup -> Settings -> Notification
Change default email in /root/.forward
There is no option to change notification settings
Is there a way to log backup activity for a certain account?
Yes, you can use cron jobs to monitor JetBackup jobs and identify when a certain account is backed up.
+Yes, through a JetBackup hook
No, it’s not possible
Yes, it is possible using cPanel settings in the Account
What is JB config and when it's useful?
+JetBackup internal data containing all the configuration and is useful when migrating servers or restoring from a disaster
JetBackup internal database that is useful for logs and statistics
It’s a unique snapshot of your system’s architecture, used for licensing
There is no such thing as JB Config
I have accounts with over 1 Million inodes, what is the best way to skip those accounts during a backup job?
+Create a new filter type "Inode usage" and set limits accordingly
Inside backup job settings, choose only the accounts you want to backup, skipping the affected accounts
Create a new hook that checks account inode count and will fail the action accordingly
Create a new filter type Accounts, choose the accounts you would like to exclude.
I can see backups in WHM for my client but when the client tries to browse his backups through the JetBackup section of the cPanel GUI, it appears as if there are no backups. How is this possible?
JetBackup is not enabled inside cPanel’s feature manager
The backup index must be wrong(admin needs to run re-index)
+Admin has prevented access to snapshots through JetBackup ACL
Admin has disabled "Backup Visibility" inside the backup destination
Which notification(s) below will you receive under a Critical Alert level?
Custom hook failed to execute.
JetBackup is unable to reach your destination
+An account restore failed to complete
A backup Job partially completed
Compressed backups are supported for all destinations.
No
Compressed backups are supported only on Object server based destinations
Compressed backups are not supported
+Yes
What is an orphan backup?
A backup from another control panel (non-cPanel)
+A backup of an account that has been terminated from WHM
A backup of an addon domain that is not linked to any main cPanel account.
A backup that was not indexed for more than 30 days, and removed from the DB.
Can a client schedule a backup job to run right after another backup job?
No, each backup will run at the specified time in the job settings
It Depends on the job type, only same type backups can run one after another
+Yes - JetBackup has a schedule type "after job is done"
No, but backups can run simultaneously
Can you set the backup to run every 30 minutes?
Yes, there is no minimum interval
+No, the minimum interval is hourly
Yes, only when the job is not running
No, JetBackup decides when the job will run randomly and the minimum interval is daily
How does JetBackup handle a multi-scheduled Backup Job?
JetBackup executes backup jobs daily and retroactively modifies existing backups and tags with the correct schedule type that coincides with the schedules set in the backup job.
+JetBackup tags each backup with the appropriate schedule type(s) and only executes once if multiple schedules align at the same time
JetBackup executes the backup job for each schedule type to ensure that there’s a backup for the correct schedule regardless if it’s at the same time.
JetBackup does not support multi-scheduled Backup Job and you would need to create separate Backup Jobs per schedule.
What is the difference between an archived backup and a compressed backup? (How is archived different?)
There is no difference
+Archived is an uncompressed version of a compressed backup
Archive is a gzip version of a compressed backup
Archive only stores changes inside tar file
What is required for a Backup-on-demand?
+An active backup job configured for full account backups
An active backup job with object storage support
An active backup job with incremental supported destinations
An active backup job
All backup destinations support incremental backups
No, Amazon s3 doesn’t support incremental backups
Incremental backups are not supported at all
+Yes
No
I have a Backup Job that has been running for some time. I then add a new destination for the same Backup Job. How will JetBackup process the backups on the first run after adding a new destination?
JetBackup will continue with incremental backups on both the original and new destination.
JetBackup will remove the existing backups on the original destination and generate a new set of backups for both destinations to ensure consistency.
JetBackup does not allow adding a new destination once the destination(s) has already been set on the Backup Job.
+JetBackup will continue with incremental backups on the original destination and generate the initial full backups on the new destination.
Can I restore a single file from a backup?
Yes, only from a Google drive destination
No, only a full account restore is possible
+Yes, but this is limited to incremental backups only
Yes, you can restore a single file from any backup
+ WB
You completed this test on 05/07/2024, 15:02
Your score is 90.48%
You completed this test on 06/14/2024, 05:07
Your score is 90.48%
Of the following platforms, which does LiteSpeed provide brute protection capabilities for?
+Wordpress
Magento
cPanel
Drupal
For which of these systems does Litespeed not offer an official LSCache plugin?
+OctoberCMS
Magento
Joomla
WordPress
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the primary requirement for QUIC to function successfully on your server?
You must ensure that port 443 on TCP is allowed in and out through the firewall.
You must ensure that port 911 on TCP is allowed in and out through the firewall.
+You must ensure that port 443 on UDP is allowed in and out through the firewall.
You must ensure that port 911 on UDP is allowed in and out through the firewall.
Which of the following options most accurately indicates the primary reason that Mod Security experiences a significant performance boost when used with LiteSpeed?
ModSecurity in Litespeed only processes rules based on a pre-defined series of motivational quotes and excerpts, improving server morale.
ModSecurity in Litespeed only processes rules for static requests, not dynamic.
+ModSecurity in Litespeed only processes rules for dynamic requests, not static.
ModSecurity in Litespeed only processes rules based on a pre-defined set of scheduled hours based on office availability.
Which of the following statements most accurately describes LSPHP's support for Opcode Caching?
LSPHP does not support Opcode Caching.
+LSPHP supports Opcode Caching, but only within the Daemon and ProcessGroup modes.
LSPHP supports Opcode Caching, but only within the Worker and ProcessGroup modes.
LSPHP supports Opcode Caching within all three suExec modes.
Which of the following statements best describes LiteSpeed's support for reCAPTCHA?
LiteSpeed does not support the use of reCAPTCHA.
+LiteSpeed supports the use of reCAPTCHA.
LiteSpeed only supports the use of CAPTCHA, not reCAPTCHA.
LiteSpeed only supports the use of reCAPTCHA when installing with reDIS.
Which of the following Apache rewrite flags work slightly differently when using LiteSpeed, as opposed to Apache?
The [E] (environment) flag.
+The [L] (last) flag.
The [R] (redirect) flag.
The [F] (forbidden) flag.
For which of the following web server software options does Litespeed work as a drop-in replacement?
Nginx
Wordpress
IIS
+Apache
Which of the following statements most accurately describes LSPHP's PHP version support?
+LSPHP supports the use of different PHP versions per-directory, within an account's file structure.
LSPHP supports the use of only one PHP version at any given time.
LSPHP supports the use of different PHP versions per-server, within a server's cluster configuration.
LSPHP supports the use of different PHP versions per-account, within a web server's global configuration.
Which of the following types of architectures does LiteSpeed utilize?
Bovine-driven Architecture
+Event-driven Architecture
Beer-driven Architecture
Process-driven Architecture
+WB
You completed this test on 05/07/2024, 10:22
Your score is 100.00%
You completed this test on 06/14/2024, 04:51
Your score is 100.00%
Which of the following mount options indicate that quotas are in use on a mounted file system?
journal
journal_qt
xquota
None of these.
usrquota
Which of the following commands does not reboot the system?
init 6
xtelinit 0
shutdown -r now
reboot
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
xexim -bpc
exim -bt
exim -qcp
exim -bp
What does the following command do?
ln /home/cpuser/file1 /home/cpuser/file2
Creates a symbolic link named "file2", pointing to file1.
xCreates a hard link named "file2", pointing to file1.
Creates a hard link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a symbolic link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a copy of file1, named "file2".
Your client has a block of IP addresses routed to their server, with the subnet 192.168.0.48/29. How many usable IP addresses are provided within this block?
2
6
14
30
None of these.
Using the following IPv6 address, determine the amount of IPv6 addresses that are included with this block:
2001:db8::/128
16
1,073,741,824
x1
None of these.
16,384
512
134,217,728
From the following options, which one accurately represents the frequency of this task's execution?
30 */2 * * * /usr/local/cpanel/bin/mysqluserstore >/dev/null 2>&1
None of these.
xOnce every other hour, on the 30 minute mark.
30 seconds after the 2nd minute of each hour.
On the 30th of February.
At 2:30AM server-time, daily.
On a server running PowerDNS, which of the following commands would output a list of domains that use DNSSEC on this server?
powerdns list-secure-zones
pdns list-zones
pdnsutil list-secure-zones
xpdnsutil list-zones
If executed, what would the following command do?
> file
None of these are correct.
xResult in an empty file called "file".
Return a value of 0 for "false".
Nothing; this is invalid syntax.
Output the contents of "file".
What are the default ports used for HTTP and HTTPS communication? In the text box that follows, write the two port numbers in any order, separated either by a space, or the word "and" (eg. "1 and 2", or "1 2").
80 443
What is the Apache configuration directive that specifies the folder location from where a VirtualHost's static files are served from?
Location
MK include
Specify the name of the file containing a list of filesystems to be mounted at startup.
fstab
In a default mail server setup, which of the following options indicates a port that would need to be allowed through the firewall?
21
None of these.
3306
x143
120
What is the difference between the /etc/fstab file and the /etc/mtab file?
The fstab file and the mtab file are symbolic links of each other, and are both present only to allow for improved compatibility with older devices.
The fstab file is hard linked to the /proc/mounts file, and the mtab file contains the output of the most recent execution of fdisk -l.
xThe fstab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the mtab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
The mtab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the fstab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
Regarding security, which of the following mount options are recommended to use when mounting a separate /tmp partition?
nodevel
xnosuid
norelatime
remount
Of the partitions shown below, which is used to store inactive pages in memory, when the system's physical RAM has been fully utilized?
xswap
/vm
/boot
tmpfs
In the following command, what output redirection is occurring?
find / \( -type f -o -type d \) -perm /o+w 2>/dev/null
STDERR is being redirected to STDIN via /dev/null.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, for later reference.
xSTDERR is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
Which of the following utilities can you use to print shared library dependencies?
echo $LIBDEP
export
env
ldconfig
xldd
Which of the following values represents the version of the kernel currently running on this system, based on the output below?
# uname -a
Linux srv.webhost.tld 4.9.48-29.el7.x86_64 #1 SMP Fri Sep 8 17:11:38 UTC 2017 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux
GNU/Linux
x4.9.48
el7
x86_64
srv.webhost.tld
None of these.
SMP
Which of the following utilities identifies the routing path used across the network to a destination address?
strace
ping
All of these can be used to do this.
nslookup
dig
xtraceroute
None of these can be used to do this.
netstat
Which of the following HTTP error codes indicates a server-side error?
401
x502
302
404
Of the following primary system directory trees, which would you be the least likely to backup or restore?
/home
/tmp
/usr
x/proc
/var
Which of the following options correctly describes where the target path of a symlink is stored, assuming that it exists on a standard ext3 or ext4 file system?
xIn the file descriptor.
In memory buffer.
xIn an inode.
None of these.
In an environment variable.
Which of the following methods can you use to verify the status of group and user quotas on a system?
Run the "quotaon -pa" command
Grep for "enabled" in the /var/cpanel/quotas file
None of these.
Run the /scripts/initquotas script
xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script
Run the "fdisk -qc" command
Which of the following commands would allow you to execute the "ls" command whenever you enter "list", when using the BASH shell?
alias "ls"="list"
None of these would work.
alias "list" as "ls"
xalias list="ls"
alias list "ls"
You completed this test on 05/28/2024, 08:58
Your score is 84.00%
It's a tough exam, so don't sweat it. There is a 5 minute delay between each exam attempt, so take a break, brush up on your topics, and give it another shot.
Which of the following mount options indicate that quotas are in use on a mounted file system?
journal
journal_qt
xquota
None of these.
usrquota
Which of the following commands does not reboot the system?
init 6
xtelinit 0
shutdown -r now
reboot
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
xexim -bpc
exim -bt
exim -qcp
exim -bp
What does the following command do?
ln /home/cpuser/file1 /home/cpuser/file2
Creates a symbolic link named "file2", pointing to file1.
xCreates a hard link named "file2", pointing to file1.
Creates a hard link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a symbolic link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a copy of file1, named "file2".
Your client has a block of IP addresses routed to their server, with the subnet 192.168.0.48/29. How many usable IP addresses are provided within this block?
2
6
14
30
None of these.
Using the following IPv6 address, determine the amount of IPv6 addresses that are included with this block:
2001:db8::/128
16
1,073,741,824
x1
None of these.
16,384
512
134,217,728
From the following options, which one accurately represents the frequency of this task's execution?
30 */2 * * * /usr/local/cpanel/bin/mysqluserstore >/dev/null 2>&1
None of these.
xOnce every other hour, on the 30 minute mark.
30 seconds after the 2nd minute of each hour.
On the 30th of February.
At 2:30AM server-time, daily.
On a server running PowerDNS, which of the following commands would output a list of domains that use DNSSEC on this server?
powerdns list-secure-zones
pdns list-zones
pdnsutil list-secure-zones
xpdnsutil list-zones
If executed, what would the following command do?
> file
None of these are correct.
xResult in an empty file called "file".
Return a value of 0 for "false".
Nothing; this is invalid syntax.
Output the contents of "file".
What are the default ports used for HTTP and HTTPS communication? In the text box that follows, write the two port numbers in any order, separated either by a space, or the word "and" (eg. "1 and 2", or "1 2").
80 443
What is the Apache configuration directive that specifies the folder location from where a VirtualHost's static files are served from?
Location
DocumentRoot
Specify the name of the file containing a list of filesystems to be mounted at startup.
fstab
In a default mail server setup, which of the following options indicates a port that would need to be allowed through the firewall?
21
None of these.
3306
x143
120
What is the difference between the /etc/fstab file and the /etc/mtab file?
The fstab file and the mtab file are symbolic links of each other, and are both present only to allow for improved compatibility with older devices.
The fstab file is hard linked to the /proc/mounts file, and the mtab file contains the output of the most recent execution of fdisk -l.
xThe fstab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the mtab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
The mtab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the fstab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
Regarding security, which of the following mount options are recommended to use when mounting a separate /tmp partition?
nodevel
xnosuid
norelatime
remount
Of the partitions shown below, which is used to store inactive pages in memory, when the system's physical RAM has been fully utilized?
xswap
/vm
/boot
tmpfs
In the following command, what output redirection is occurring?
find / \( -type f -o -type d \) -perm /o+w 2>/dev/null
STDERR is being redirected to STDIN via /dev/null.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, for later reference.
xSTDERR is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
Which of the following utilities can you use to print shared library dependencies?
echo $LIBDEP
export
env
ldconfig
xldd
Which of the following values represents the version of the kernel currently running on this system, based on the output below?
# uname -a
Linux srv.webhost.tld 4.9.48-29.el7.x86_64 #1 SMP Fri Sep 8 17:11:38 UTC 2017 x86_64 x86_64 x86_64 GNU/Linux
GNU/Linux
x4.9.48
el7
x86_64
srv.webhost.tld
None of these.
SMP
Which of the following utilities identifies the routing path used across the network to a destination address?
strace
ping
All of these can be used to do this.
nslookup
dig
xtraceroute
None of these can be used to do this.
netstat
Which of the following HTTP error codes indicates a server-side error?
401
x502
302
404
Of the following primary system directory trees, which would you be the least likely to backup or restore?
/home
/tmp
/usr
x/proc
/var
Which of the following options correctly describes where the target path of a symlink is stored, assuming that it exists on a standard ext3 or ext4 file system?
xIn the file descriptor.
In memory buffer.
xIn an inode.
None of these.
In an environment variable.
Which of the following methods can you use to verify the status of group and user quotas on a system?
Run the "quotaon -pa" command
Grep for "enabled" in the /var/cpanel/quotas file
None of these.
Run the /scripts/initquotas script
xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script
Run the "fdisk -qc" command
Which of the following commands would allow you to execute the "ls" command whenever you enter "list", when using the BASH shell?
alias "ls"="list"
None of these would work.
alias "list" as "ls"
xalias list="ls"
alias list "ls"
You completed this test on 05/28/2024, 08:58
Your score is 84.00%
It's a tough exam, so don't sweat it. There is a 5 minute delay between each exam attempt, so take a break, brush up on your topics, and give it another shot.
Specify the name of the file containing a list of filesystems to be mounted at startup.
fstab
What is the difference between the /etc/fstab file and the /etc/mtab file?
The mtab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the fstab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
The fstab file is hard linked to the /proc/mounts file, and the mtab file contains the output of the most recent execution of fdisk -l.
The fstab file and the mtab file are symbolic links of each other, and are both present only to allow for improved compatibility with older devices.
xThe fstab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the mtab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
Which of the following methods can you use to verify the status of group and user quotas on a system?
None of these.
Run the "quotaon -pa" command
Run the "fdisk -qc" command
Grep for "enabled" in the /var/cpanel/quotas file
xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script
Run the /scripts/initquotas script
Using the following IPv6 address, determine the amount of IPv6 addresses that are included with this block:
2001:db8::/128
134,217,728
1,073,741,824
x1
512
16,384
16
None of these.
On a system not using KernelCare, what must take place after a kernel update is performed, in order to use the new kernel?
Change to runlevel 3
A file system check
xA system reboot
A rebuild of the RPM database
Of the following primary system directory trees, which would you be the least likely to backup or restore?
/home
/tmp
/var
x /proc
/usr
In a default mail server setup, which of the following options indicates a port that would need to be allowed through the firewall?
None of these.
120
x143
21
3306
What does the following command do?
ln /home/cpuser/file1 /home/cpuser/file2
Creates a symbolic link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a symbolic link named "file2", pointing to file1.
Creates a copy of file1, named "file2".
x Creates a hard link named "file2", pointing to file1.
Creates a hard link named "file1", pointing to file2.
From the following options, which one accurately represents the frequency of this task's execution?
30 */2 * * * /usr/local/cpanel/bin/mysqluserstore >/dev/null 2>&1
30 seconds after the 2nd minute of each hour.
None of these.
At 2:30AM server-time, daily.
x Once every other hour, on the 30 minute mark.
On the 30th of February.
What is the Apache configuration directive that specifies the folder location from where a VirtualHost's static files are served from?
DocumentRoot
Your client has a block of IP addresses routed to their server, with the subnet 192.168.0.48/29. How many usable IP addresses are provided within this block?
None of these.
x6
30
2
14
Which of the following commands would allow you to execute the "ls" command whenever you enter "list", when using the BASH shell?
alias list "ls"
alias "list" as "ls"
xalias list="ls"
None of these would work.
alias "ls"="list"
Which of the following mount options indicate that quotas are in use on a mounted file system?
journal_qt
usrquota
None of these.
journal
xquota
Regarding security, which of the following mount options are recommended to use when mounting a separate /tmp partition?
nodevel
xnosuid
remount
norelatime
If executed, what would the following command do?
> file
Output the contents of "file".
None of these are correct.
xResult in an empty file called "file".
Return a value of 0 for "false".
Nothing; this is invalid syntax.
Which of the following options correctly describes where the target path of a symlink is stored, assuming that it exists on a standard ext3 or ext4 file system?
In the file descriptor.
xIn an inode.
In an environment variable.
None of these.
In memory buffer.
In the following command, what output redirection is occurring?
find / \( -type f -o -type d \) -perm /o+w 2>/dev/null
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, for later reference.
xSTDERR is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
STDERR is being redirected to STDIN via /dev/null.
Of the partitions shown below, which is used to store inactive pages in memory, when the system's physical RAM has been fully utilized?
xswap
tmpfs
/vm
/boot
On a server running PowerDNS, which of the following commands would output a list of domains that use DNSSEC on this server?
powerdns list-secure-zones
pdnsutil list-secure-zones
xpdnsutil list-zones
pdns list-zones
Which of the following is a working command that would result in disabling a yum repository (represented here by repositoryname)?
xyum-config-manager --disable repositoryname
yum disable --reponame=repositoryname
yum repo-manage --disable=repositoryname
yum-config-repos disable "repositoryname"
Which of the following HTTP error codes indicates a server-side error?
302
404
x502
401
hich Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -bp
exim -qcp
exim -bt
xexim -bpc
Which of the following utilities can you use to print shared library dependencies?
xldd
export
ldconfig
echo $LIBDEP
env
Which of the following commands does not reboot the system?
x telinit 0
reboot
shutdown -r now
init 6
Which of the following utilities identifies the routing path used across the network to a destination address?
nslookup
strace
All of these can be used to do this.
None of these can be used to do this.
dig
xtraceroute
netstat
ping
You completed this test on 06/04/2024, 12:44
Your score is 88.00%
Specify the name of the file containing a list of filesystems to be mounted at startup.
fstab
Which of the following commands does not reboot the system?
xtelinit 0
init 6
reboot
shutdown -r now
Which of the following utilities can you use to print shared library dependencies?
ldconfig
echo $LIBDEP
env
export
xldd
Which of the following utilities identifies the routing path used across the network to a destination address?
xtraceroute
netstat
ping
strace
nslookup
All of these can be used to do this.
dig
None of these can be used to do this.
What is the Apache configuration directive that specifies the folder location from where a VirtualHost's static files are served from?
DocumentRoot
On a server running PowerDNS, which of the following commands would output a list of domains that use DNSSEC on this server?
xpdnsutil list-zones
pdnsutil list-secure-zones
pdns list-zones
powerdns list-secure-zones
On a system not using KernelCare, what must take place after a kernel update is performed, in order to use the new kernel?
Change to runlevel 3
A file system check
xA system reboot
A rebuild of the RPM database
In the following command, what output redirection is occurring?
find / \( -type f -o -type d \) -perm /o+w 2>/dev/null
STDERR is being redirected to STDIN via /dev/null.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, for later reference.
STDOUT is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
xSTDERR is being redirected to /dev/null, dropping it from the resulting output.
From the following options, which one accurately represents the frequency of this task's execution?
30 */2 * * * /usr/local/cpanel/bin/mysqluserstore >/dev/null 2>&1
30 seconds after the 2nd minute of each hour.
At 2:30AM server-time, daily.
None of these.
On the 30th of February.
xOnce every other hour, on the 30 minute mark.
Of the partitions shown below, which is used to store inactive pages in memory, when the system's physical RAM has been fully utilized?
xswap
/vm
tmpfs
/boot
In a default mail server setup, which of the following options indicates a port that would need to be allowed through the firewall?
120
x143
None of these.
3306
21
Which of the following options correctly describes where the target path of a symlink is stored, assuming that it exists on a standard ext3 or ext4 file system?
xIn an inode.
In an environment variable.
None of these.
In the file descriptor.
In memory buffer.
If executed, what would the following command do?
> file
Return a value of 0 for "false".
Output the contents of "file".
None of these are correct.
xResult in an empty file called "file".
Nothing; this is invalid syntax.
Which Exim command can be used to display the total number of messages in the mail queue?
exim -bp
xexim -bpc
exim -bt
exim -qcp
Which of the following mount options indicate that quotas are in use on a mounted file system?
journal_qt
None of these.
journal
usrquota
xquota
Which of the following commands would allow you to execute the "ls" command whenever you enter "list", when using the BASH shell?
alias "ls"="list"
alias "list" as "ls"
xalias list="ls"
None of these would work.
alias list "ls"
Regarding security, which of the following mount options are recommended to use when mounting a separate /tmp partition?
remount
xnosuid
nodevel
norelatime
Which of the following HTTP error codes indicates a server-side error?
404
x502
401
302
Your client has a block of IP addresses routed to their server, with the subnet 192.168.0.48/29. How many usable IP addresses are provided within this block?
14
x6
2
None of these.
30
What is the difference between the /etc/fstab file and the /etc/mtab file?
The mtab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the fstab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
The fstab file and the mtab file are symbolic links of each other, and are both present only to allow for improved compatibility with older devices.
xThe fstab file contains filesystems to be mounted at boot time, and the mtab file contains filesystems that are currently mounted.
The fstab file is hard linked to the /proc/mounts file, and the mtab file contains the output of the most recent execution of fdisk -l.
Which of the following methods can you use to verify the status of group and user quotas on a system?
Grep for "enabled" in the /var/cpanel/quotas file
Run the /scripts/initquotas script
None of these.
xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script
Run the "quotaon -pa" command
Run the "fdisk -qc" command
Which of the following is a working command that would result in disabling a yum repository (represented here by repositoryname)?
yum disable --reponame=repositoryname
yum repo-manage --disable=repositoryname
xyum-config-manager --disable repositoryname
yum-config-repos disable "repositoryname"
What are the default ports used for HTTP and HTTPS communication? In the text box that follows, write the two port numbers in any order, separated either by a space, or the word "and" (eg. "1 and 2", or "1 2").
80 443
Which of the following commands would list only the hidden files and folders inside a directory?
ls -la | grep "^."
ls -la .*
ls -la
None of the above.
xls -lad .*
What does the following command do?
ln /home/cpuser/file1 /home/cpuser/file2
Creates a copy of file1, named "file2".
Creates a symbolic link named "file2", pointing to file1.
xCreates a hard link named "file2", pointing to file1.
Creates a hard link named "file1", pointing to file2.
Creates a symbolic link named "file1", pointing to file2.
You completed this test on 06/06/2024, 06:17
Your score is 88.00%
When creating a new account from the command line using /scripts/wwwacct newdomain.tld cpuser password, your customer is reporting that, even though the account is successfully created, the following error is shown in the command's output:
Successlocaldomains...valiases ...vdomainaliases...vfilters...Unable to add zone newdomain.tld to the Bind configuration (named.conf) on handler-testing
You log into the server as root, and run a stat on the /etc/named.conf file to determine its permissions:
[root@cpanelserver /]# stat /etc/named.conf
File: ‘/etc/named.conf’
Size: 4083 Blocks: 8 IO Block: 4096 regular file
Device: fc01h/64513d Inode: 388239 Links: 1
Access: (0644/-rw-r--r--) Uid: ( 25/ named) Gid: ( 25/ named)
Access: 2017-12-28 01:42:34.900000000 -0600
Modify: 2017-11-22 12:41:06.605000000 -0600
Change: 2017-12-28 13:15:47.632000000 -0600
Birth: -
You run a quick touch command on the file as well, and observe the following:
[root@cpanelserver /]# touch /etc/named.conf
touch: setting times of ‘/etc/named.conf’: Operation not permitted
From the following options, which would be the next best step towards identifying the source of the issue?
Run chmod 777 /etc/named.conf and create a new test account to observe the results.
Run the /scripts/unslavenamedconf to de-associate it from and master-slave configuration that may be in place.
Run chown root:named /etc/named.conf, because only the namedgroup should own the named.conf file - not the user.
vxRun lsattr /etc/named.conf to identify whether prohibitive file attributes are set on the named.conf file.
Rename the named.conf file with mv /etc/named.conf{,.orig}, then restart the named service to generate a fresh configuration file.
Which of the following chmod commands would result in the permissions displayed in the example "ls -l" output, shown below?
# ls -l /root/file
-rwxr-xr-- 1 root root 0 Dec 4 12:17 /root/file
None of these.
chmod 644 /root/file
chmod 012 /root/file
vxchmod 754 /root/file
chmod 721 /root/file
Which of the following utilities can be used to repair a potentially corrupted partition in a Linux environment?
chkdsk
mount
fdisk
vxfsck
What type of access does the 4 in the octal permissions value shown in the below chmod command example represent?
chmod 640 /root/file
Access given to everyone/anonymous.
Access given to the user that owns the parent directory that the file is stored within.
Access given to designated server guest users.
Access given to the user that owns the file.
vxAccess given to the group that owns the file.
None of these.
Which of the following commands would allow you to find out the last time a password was changed for a particular user (represented by $user in the options below)?
vxchage -l $user
usermod -c $user
useradd -p $user
grep $user /etc/passwd
Of the following commands, which represents the highest potential risk of data loss when troubleshooting or investigating on a customer server, and should be avoided if at all possible?
cp
gzip
mv
yum
vxrm
???When a password age policy is defined in Security Policies in WHM, what value is referred to when determining the age of an individual user's password?
The value set in /home/$user/.bashrc
The value set in /var/cpanel/users/$user
xThe value set in /etc/shadow
The value set in /etc/userplans
The value set in /etc/passwd
???Using the following encrypted password value found in the /etc/shadow file, what type of hashing algortihm is being used?
$1$Etg2ExUZ$F9NTP7omafhKIlqaBMqng1
SHA-512
eksblowfish
SHA-256
Blowfish
vxMD5
Which of the following types of SSL certificates represents the least amount of security?
Wildcard certificate
vxSelf-signed certificate
EV certificate
DV certificate
Which of the following options best describes the role of DNSSEC?
Used for querying domains within a secure section of DNS.
Used for secondary DNS queries on local zones.
VProvides cryptographic authentication of DNS zones.
xEncrypts DNS queries between nameservers.
Defines a secure section of DNS.
TRUE/FALSE: Use of the UAPI will provide users with access to perform actions at both the WHM and the cPanel account level.
False
vxTrue
You would like to establish a secure TLS connection to an Exim SMTP server for testing purposes - assuming mail.host.srv is the mail server's hostname, and 25 is the port to access - using the openssl utility on the command line. In the drop-down boxes within the command below, complete the missing command-line components:
openssl [s_client] [-connect] mail.host.srv:25 [-starttls smtp]
What is the best way to handle a corrupted RPM database on a customer server running cPanel & WHM?
Make a backup copy of the /var/lib/rpm folder, move the existing __db files out of the way, run rpmdb_verify on the Packages folder, then run rpm with the --rebuilddb flag, followed by a yum clean all.
vxFrom within the WHM interface, navigate to the Rebuild RPM Database interface, within the Software section.
Run a yum rebuild db, then rpmdb_verify on the Packages folder to confirm the database's integrity.
A corrupt RPM database cannot be repaired, and the customer should take backups of all important files, then reload their operating system and reinstall cPanel & WHM.
Delete the /var/lib/rpm folder, then run the rpm command with the --rebuilddb flag.
Which of the following commands could I use to find out which CVE fixes have been implemented in the version of openssl that is currently installed on the system?
cvequery --p openssl
vvrpm --changelog -q openssl
xrpm -qa openssl | grep cve
rlog -b /usr/include/openssl/cve
None of these.
TRUE/FALSE: For security purposes, we recommend enabling compilers for all users on the server.
vxFalse
True
A customer attempts to connect to their MySQL database using MySQL Workbench installed at their office workstation, but receives a failure to connect. They are using username "admin" with the correct password, and specify my_db1 for the database. Upon examining the grants on the server's local MySQL instance, you show the following statements exist for the "admin" user:
GRANT USAGE ON *.* TO 'admin'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*E74858DB86EBA20BC33D0AECAE8A8108C56B17FA'
GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, DROP, REFERENCES, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, LOCK TABLES, CREATE ROUTINE ON `my\\_db1`.* TO 'admin'@'localhost'
Based on the above information, which of the following most likely explains the issue that the customer is experiencing?
vvThe customer is connecting from an unauthorized location.
The customer is using the wrong password.
xThe customer is not using the correct server address.
None of these are applicable.
The customer is using unsupported client software.
The customer is trying to perform an unauthorized SQL command.
SCENARIO:
You've set up a cPanel & WHM server with the intent of hosting a number of accounts for developers. Many of them are demanding that you provide terminal/shell access along with these accounts. You decide to enable shell access, but would like to make sure that it doesn't cause any stability or security concerns.
Of the following cPanel & WHM options, which would be the most appropriate feature to consider enabling?
Allow weak checksum schemas
xApache mod_userdir Tweak
vvShell Fork Bomb Protection
Enable File Protect
None of these.
Using this output from the command rpm -V setup, which of the answer choices below can we confirm as true statements? (Select 2.)
S.5....T. c /etc/bashrc
.M....... c /etc/gshadow
S.5....T. c /etc/profile
.M....... c /etc/shadow
That the gshadow and shadow files have had their contents modified.
vvThat the digest for the bashrc and profile files has changed.
That the profile and bashrc files have 5 instances of page validation failures.
vvThat the gshadow and shadow files have had their permissions and/or file type modified.
That these files are likely to have been tampered with maliciously, indicating a possible compromise.
TRUE/FALSE: To maintain security when allowing users to access your server using SSH, it is ideal to leave SSH password authentication enabled.
vxFalse
True
When planning to use a 1:1 NAT configuration on your cPanel & WHM environment, at what point in the deployment is it best to establish the NAT setup and routing in your network?
Before installing cPanel & WHM.
After installing cPanel & WHM.
vvBefore provisioning the server.
xNone of these.
After the server has been in production for at least 2 weeks, to ensure reliability.
???Given the following PureFTP configuration, what range of ports should be allowed in the firewall to provide the ability for users to connect to FTP using passive mode?
root@cpserver [~]# egrep -v "^#|^$" /etc/pure-ftpd.conf
ChrootEveryone yes
BrokenClientsCompatibility no
MaxClientsNumber 50
Daemonize Yes
MaxClientsPerIP 8
VerboseLog no
DisplayDotFiles yes
AnonymousOnly no
NoAnonymous yes
SyslogFacility ftp
DontResolve yes
MaxIdleTime 15
ExtAuth /var/run/ftpd.sock
LimitRecursion 10000 8
AnonymousCanCreateDirs no
MaxLoad 4
PassivePortRange 49152 65534
AntiWarez yes
Bind 21
Umask 133:022
MinUID 100
AllowUserFXP no
AllowAnonymousFXP no
ProhibitDotFilesWrite no
ProhibitDotFilesRead no
AutoRename no
AnonymousCantUpload no
AltLog xferlog:/etc/apache2/logs/domlogs/ftpxferlog
MaxDiskUsage 99
CustomerProof yes
TLS 1
TLSCipherSuite HIGH:MEDIUM:+TLSv1:!SSLv2:+SSLv3
In the text box below, provide the range as two numbers, separated by a space or the word "and".
49152 65534
In this scenario, you're logged into WHM on a server with the IP of 12.34.56.78, and a hostname of host.server.tld. The Apache mod_userdir Tweak interface on this server currently has the following setup:
Mod_userdir protection is enabled
DefaultHost (nobody) is not excluded from protection.
domain.tld (domain) is excluded from protection.
The client is trying to access their site with a temporary URL of http://12.34.56.78/~domain, but is seeing a 404 error instead.
To provide this functionality while still maintaining a moderately secure environment, what should be changed in the above setup to allow them access this URL properly?
Disable mod_userdir protection.
vvExclude DefaultHost from protection.
xDo not exclude domain.tld from protection.
Exclude DefaultHost, and do not exclude domain.tld from protection.
No change should be made.
When operating within a customer server, it is best to make backups of all files before making adjustments. In this scenario, you're planning to backup the customer's /home/user/public_html/index.php file to an index.php.bak file within the same folder before making an adjustment; which of the following cp flag combinations produce the desired result?
xcp -pdx
cp -cPf
cp -pla
cp -pcu
vvNone of these.
Given the following line from the /etc/passwd file, select the true statement from the options shown below:
cpanel:x:32001:502::/var/cpanel/userhomes/cpanel:/usr/local/cpanel/bin/noshell
xThe noshell executable is restricted from access to the 'cpanel' user.
vvAn encrypted password for this user is stored in the shadow file.
Users in group ID 502 can access the /var/cpanel/userhomes/cpanel path.
All of these statements are false.
The 'cpanel' user belongs to group ID 32001.
Your customer wants to enable Passive Mode FTP for their PureFTPd server, in their cPanel & WHM environment. Which of the following configuration files should you modify to accomplish this?
vv/var/cpanel/conf/pureftpd/main
x/etc/pureftpd.conf
/var/cpanel/conf/pureftpd/local
/etc/ftpd.conf
Which of the following my.cnf entries would stop MySQL from listening over its configured port (Default: 3306)?
bind-address=null
xbind-address=127.0.0.1
vvNone of these.
bind-address=0.0.0.0
bind-address=*
Which of the following files are used to configure the OpenSSH server?
/etc/ssh/opensshd.config
/etc/ssh/ssh_config
/etc/ssh/openssh.config
vx/etc/ssh/sshd_config
None of these are used.
???On examining a client's Wordpress installation under their public_html folder, you run across a PHP file with contents resembling the following:
>A
A customer attempts to connect to their MySQL database using MySQL Workbench installed at their office workstation, but receives a failure to connect. They are using username "admin" with the correct password, and specify my_db1 for the database. Upon examining the grants on the server's local MySQL instance, you show the following statements exist for the "admin" user:
GRANT USAGE ON . TO 'admin'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*E74858DB86EBA20BC33D0AECAE8A8108C56B17FA'
GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, DROP, REFERENCES, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, LOCK TABLES, CREATE ROUTINE ON my\\_db1.* TO 'admin'@'localhost'
Based on the above information, which of the following most likely explains the issue that the customer is experiencing?
The customer is trying to perform an unauthorized SQL command.
None of these are applicable.
The customer is using the wrong password.
The customer is connecting from an unauthorized location.
The customer is using unsupported client software.
The customer is not using the correct server address.V
When securing MySQL connections with SSL, both the mysqld and the client configurations must point to a valid ssl-cert and ssl-key path.
V-True
-False
Which of the following actions by this administrator identify a potential opportunity to improve security? (select all that apply.)
- All of the above are security issues
- Ctrl+C'd out of the execution of looper.php
- Ran is without hiding the provileges with -h
V- Executed script as root instead of user
V- Logged in without an SSH key
- Ran stat without first verifying the RPM
Which of the following my.cnf entries would stop MySQL from listening over its configured port (Default: 3306)?
- bind-address=127.0.0.1
- bind-address=0.0.0.0
- bind-address=null
V- None of these.
- bind-address=*
The following is the output of a ls -l command run on a customer's index.php file, stored in their account's public_html folder:
-rw-r-xr-- 1 root root 0 Dec 28 14:31 index.php
If the customer logs into the shell using thecpuser account, what will they be able do with this file?
- They will be able to view the contents of the file, and execute id.
- They will be able to open the file, make changes, and save them
V- They will be able to view the contents of the file.
- They will be able to execute the file.
Which of the following options best describes the role of DNSSEC?
V- Provides cryptographic authentication of DNS zones.
- Used for secondary DNS queries on local zones.
- Defines a secure section of DNS.
- Used for querying domains within a secure section of DNS.
- Encrypts DNS queries between nameservers.
To maintain security when allowing users to access your server using SSH, it is ideal to leave SSH password authentication enabled.
- True
V- False
Which of the following types of SSL certificates represents the least amount of security?
- DV certificate
V- Self-signed certificate
- Wildcard certificate
- EV certificate
Using the following encrypted password value found in the /etc/shadow file, what type of hashing algorithm is being used?
- eksblowfish
- SHA-512
- Blowfish
- SHA-256
V- MD5
Which of the following commands could i use to find out which CVE fixes have been implemented in the version of openssl that is currently installed on the system?
- rlog -b /usr/include/openssl/cve
- rpm -qa openssl | grep cve
- None of these
- cvequery -p openssl
V- rpm --changelog -q openssl
What is the best way to handle a corrupted RPM database on a customer server running cPanel & WHM?
- Run a yum rebuild db, then rpmdb_verify on the Packages folder to confirm the database's integrity
- Make a backup copy of the /var/lib/rpm folder, move the existing __db files out of the way, run rpmdb_verify on the Packages folder, then run rpm with the --rebuilddb flag, followed by a yum clean all
- Delete the /var/lib/rpm folder, then run the rpm command with the --rebuilddb flag
V- From within the WHM interface, navigate to the Rebuild RPM Database interface, within the Software section
- A corrupt RPM database cannot be repaired, and the customer should take backups of all important files, then reload, their operating system and reinstall cPanel & WHM
You're set up cPanel & WHM server with the intent of hosting a number of accounts for developers. Many of them are demanding that you provide terminal/shell access along with these accounts. You decide to enable shell access, but would like to make sure that it doesn't cause any stability or security concerns.
Of the following cPanel & WHM options, which would be the most appropriate feature to consider enabling?
- Enable File Protect
- Apache mod_userdir Tweak
- Allow weak checksum schemas
V- Shell Fork Bomb Protection
- None of these.
When a password age policy is defined in Security Policies in WHM, what value is referred to when determining the age of an indyvidual user's password?
- The value set in /var/cpanel/users/$user
- The value set in /home/$user/.bashrc
- The value set in /etc/passwd
- The value set in /etc/userplans
V- The value set in /etc/shadow
You would like to establish a secure TLS connection to an Exim SMTP server for testing purposes - assuming mail.host.srv is the mail server's hostname, nad 25 is the port to access - using the openssl utility on the command line. In the drop-down boxes within the command below, complete the missing command-line components:
V- openssl [s_client] [-connect] mail.host.srv:25 [-starttls smtp]
On your customer's environment, the system umask is set to 002. If you were to create a new file (using a non-privileged user), what permissions would the file be created using?
- -r-xr-x---
- -rwxrwxrwx
V- -rw-rw-r--
- -------r--
Use of the UAPI will provie users with access to perform actions at both the WHM and the cPanel account level.
- False
V- True
In this scenario, you're logged into WHM on a server with the IP of 12.34.56.78, and a hostname of host.server.tld. The Apache mod_userdir Tweak interface on this server is currently has the following setup:
- Mod_userdir protection is enabled
- DefaultHost (nobody) is not excluded from protection
- domain.tld (domain) is excluded from protection
The client is trying to access their site with a temporary URL of http://12.34.56.78/~domain, but is seeing a 404 error instead.
To provide this functionality while stil maintaining a moderately secure environment, what should be changed in the above setup to allow them access this URL properly?
V- Exclude DefaultHost, and do not exclude domain.tld from protection
- No change should be made
- Exclude DefaultHost from protection
- Do not exclude domain.tld from protection
- Disable mod_userdir protection
Passive ports FTP in Firewall accept
V- 49152 65534
When operating within a customer server, it is best to make backups of all files before making adjustments. In this scenario, you're planing to backup the customer's /home/user/public_html/index.php file to an index.php.bak file within the same folder before making an adjustment, which of the following cp flag combinations produce the desired result?
- cp -cPf
?- cp -pla
?- cp -pdx
- cp -pcu
- None of these V
What type of access does the 4 in the octal permissions value shown in the below chmod command example represent?
chmod 640 /root/file
- Access given to the user that owns the parent directory that the file is stored within
V- Access given to the group that owns the file
- Access given to everyone/anonymous
- Access given to the user that owns the file
- Access given to designated server guest users
- None of these
Which of the following utilities can be used to repair a potentially corrupted partition in a Linux environment?
V- fsck
- mount
- chkdsk
- fdisk
Given the following line from the /etc/passwd file, select the true statement from the options shown below:
cpanel:x:32001:502::/var/cpanel/userhomes/cpanel:/usr/local/cpanel/bin/noshell
- The 'cpanel' user belongs to group ID 32001
V- An encrypted password for this user is stored in the shadow file
- The noshell executable is restricted form access to the 'cpanel' user
- All of these statements are false
- Users in group ID 502 can access the /var/cpanel/userhomes/cpanel path
Which of the following Transport Layer Security versions will cause client servers to fail a PCI compliance scan?
- 1.1
- 1.2
V- 1.0
- Al of these will pass PCI compliance
Which of the following files are used to configure the OpenSSH server?
- /etc/ssh/opensshd.config
V- /etc/ssh/sshd_config
- /etc/ssh/ssh_config
- None of these are used
- /etc/ssh/openssh.config
On examining a client's Wordpress installation under their public_html folder, you run across a PHP file contents resembling the following:
W tle dziwny kod PHP z base64_decode bez sensownych słów w języku ang., jak z generatora który ma utrudnić odczytanie sentencji kodu
- A corrupted file
- A Wordpress Plug-In file
V- A malicious script
- Code from another languagestored as a PHP file
Which of the following commands would allow you to find out the last time a password was changed for a particular user (represented by $user in the options below)?
V- chage -l $user
- useradd -p $user
- usermod -c $user
- grep $user /etc/passwd
When creating a new account from the command line using /scripts/wwwacct newdomain.tld cpuser password, your customer is reporting that, even though the accunt is successfully created, the following error is shown in the command's output:
You log into the server as root, and run a stat on the /etc/named.conf file to determine its permissions:
You run a quick touch command on the file as well, and observe the following:
[root@cpanelserver /]# touch /etc/named.conf
touch: setting times of '/etc/named.conf': Operation not permitted
From the following options, which would be the next best step towards identifying the source of the issue?
V- Run lsattr /etc/named.conf to identify whether prohibitive file attributes are set on the named.conf file
- Run chmod 777 /etc/named.conf and create a new test account to observe the results
- Rename the named.conf file with mv /etc/named.conf{,.orig}, then restart the named service to generate a fresh configuration file
- Run chown root:named /etc/named.conf, because only the namedgroup should own the named.conf file - not the user
- Run the /scripts/unslavenamedconf to de-associate it from and master-slave configuration that may be in place
Atak DoS Apache2 - Slowloris (same R)
- Option D
- Option B
- Option C
V- Option A
Using this output from the command rpm -V setup which of the answer choices below can we confirm as true statements? (Select 2)
S.5....T. c /etc/bashrc
.M....... c /etc/gshadow
S.5....T. c /etc/profile
.M....... c /etc/shadow
- That the gshadow and shadow file have had their contents modified
V- That the digest for the bashrc and profile files has changed
V- That the gshadow and shadow files have had their permissions and/or file type modified
- That these files are likely to have been tampered with maliciously, indicating a possible compromise
- That the profile and bashrc files have 5 instances of page validation failures
c %config plik konfiguracyjny.
d %doc plik dokumentacji.
g %ghost plik nie istniejący (nie dołączony do danych pakietu).
l %license plik licencji.
r %readme plik przeczytaj-to.
S (Size) - rozmiar pliku się różni
M (Mode) - tryb (uprawnienia lub typ) pliku się różni
5 (MD5) - suma MD5 się różni
D (Device) - numery główny/poboczny urządzenia się nie zgadzają
L (Link) - ścieżka dowiązania się nie zgadza
U (User) - właściciel pliku się różni
G (Grupa) - grupa pliku się różni
T (mTime) - czas modyfikacji pliku się różni
Your customer wants to enable Passive Mode FTP for their PureFTPd server, in their cPanel & WHM environment. Which of the following configuration files should you modify to accomplish this?
- /var/cpanel/conf/pureftpd/local
- /etc/ftpd.conf
V- /var/cpanel/conf/pureftpd/main
- /etc/pureftpd.conf
Of the following commands, which represents the highest potential risk of data loss when troubleshooting or investigating on a customer server, and should be avoided if at all possible?
V- rm
- gzip
- mv
- yum
- cp
When planing to use a 1:1 NAT configuration on your cPanel & WHM environment, at what point in the deployment is it best to establish the NAT setup and routing in your network?
- None of these
- After installing cPanel & WHM
- After the server has been in production for at least 2 weeks, to ensure reliability
- Before provisioning the server
V- Before installing cPanel & WHM
For Security purposes, we recommend enabling compilers for all users on the server.
- True
V- False
Of the following options, which port would be the best choice to configure SSH to listen on?
V- 928
- 110
- 25
- 22
1. A customer attempts to connect to their MySQL database using MySQL Workbench installed at their office workstation, but receives a failure to connect. They are using username "admin" with the correct password, and specify my_db1 for the database. Upon examining the grants on the server's local MySQL instance, you show the following statements exist for the "admin" user:
GRANT USAGE ON *.* TO 'admin'@'localhost' IDENTIFIED BY PASSWORD '*E74858DB86EBA20BC33D0AECAE8A8108C56B17FA'
GRANT SELECT, INSERT, UPDATE, DELETE, CREATE, DROP, REFERENCES, INDEX, ALTER, CREATE TEMPORARY TABLES, LOCK TABLES, CREATE ROUTINE ON `my\\_db1`.* TO 'admin'@'localhost'
Based on the above information, which of the following most likely explains the issue that the customer is experiencing?
- The customer is using unsupported client software.
V - The customer is connecting from an unauthorized location.
- The customer is not using the correct server address.
- The customer is trying to perform an unauthorized SQL command.
- The customer is using the wrong password.
- None of these are applicable.
2. Which of the following chmod commands would result in the permissions displayed in the example "ls -l" output, shown below?
# ls -l /root/file
-rwxr-xr-- 1 root root 0 Dec 4 12:17 /root/file
- None of these.
V - chmod 754 /root/file
- chmod 012 /root/file
- chmod 721 /root/file
- chmod 644 /root/file
Maks 90%
vvWhat kind of information is stored within the /var/log/messages file? Choose the option below that best describes its contents.
xSystem message logs, containing kernel messages and messages from applications.
Mail server logs containing mail headers and SMTP transactions.
The bash command history for the root user.
User-input messages exchanged between users on the system.
Upon examining the cron logs, you're seeing messages like those shown below occurring frequently:
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
These are continuing to appear even as you continue to tail -f the log file.
Given the following choices, which of these would be the most appropriate next step to take in diagnosing this issue?
??Compare the user's currently running process count (ps -U cpuser2 | wc -l) with the system's user limits for the user (su - cpuser2 -c "ulimit -u")
Check the current system load average (cat /proc/loadavg, top, w, or uptime) and compare with the iowait that exists on the system (iostat).
xSet the immutable attribute on the cpuser2's cron file (chattr +i /var/spool/cron/cpuser2), then run the cPanel update script (/scripts/upcp).
Run netstat with extended information to provide user ID and inode with the connection list (netstat -natpe), compare against cpuser2's user ID (id -u cpuser2), and look for excessive connections using cpuser2-owned processes.
vvGiven the following options, which utility would be best for monitoring the child processes of tasks specified?
procmon
pcmon
??xpidstat
pidlist
The message below was, according to SpamAssassin's configuration on this server, correctly marked as "not spam". However, the message is obviously spam, and the customer would like to make sure that it gets marked accordingly.
Of the options below, which rule would be the most appropriate to change the assigned score of, in order to improve SpamAssassin's scoring of this message?
X-Spam-Status: No, score=-0.2
X-Spam-Score: -1
X-Spam-Bar: /
X-Ham-Report: Spam detection software, running on the system "betelgeuse.dnshigh.com",
has NOT identified this incoming email as spam. The original
message has been attached to this so you can view it or label
similar future email. If you have any questions, see
root\@localhost for details.
Content preview: buy th3se pil ls from good cheap phar macy 4u now v1c0din privacy gua rante ed [...]
Content analysis details: (-0.2 points, 2.0 required)
pts rule name description
---- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------
-0.3 RP_MATCHES_RCVD Envelope sender domain matches handover relay domain
0.0 HTML_MESSAGE BODY: HTML included in message
0.1 DKIM_SIGNED Message has a DKIM or DK signature, not necessarily valid
0.0 T_DKIM_INVALID DKIM-Signature header exists but is not valid
X-Spam-Flag: NO
RP_MATCHES_RCVD
HTML_MESSAGE
??xT_DKIM_INVALID
DKIM_SIGNED
Updates on the client system are failing. As part of the troubleshooting process, you perform an strace of the upcp script. The following entry is seen repeatedly throughout the strace output:
capget({_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0}, NULL) = -1 EFAULT (Bad address)
In addition to this, you also identify the following within the dmesg log:
[4083794.715698] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Add. Sense: Unrecovered read error - auto reallocate failed
[4083794.715702] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] CDB: Read(10): 28 00 e6 90 00 00 00 00 08 00
[4083794.715710] end_request: I/O error, dev sda, sector 3868196864
[4083794.718683] ata1: EH complete
Which of the following options best describes the most likely situation demonstrated by the above information?
??xPhysical drive issues.
Imminent CPU failure.
No virtual memory available.
Excessive iowait
High load on server
Kernel out of date.
Your customer is reporting that, after making php.ini changes into a custom php.ini file that they've placed in their site's public_html folder, their PHP application is still not reflecting those changes. You do a quick check on their environment details:
Kernel & Architecture: 2.6.32-642.13.1.el6.x86_64
OS: CentOS release 6.8 (Final)
cPanel Version: 11.68.0.23
Apache: 2.4.16, listening on ports 80 & 443
PHP: PHP 5.6.30 using DSO & mod_ruid2
Uptime: 09:27:06 up 2 days
Load Average: 0.07, 0.07, 0.02
Disk Usage:
/ 75% utilized
tmpfs 0% utilized
/boot 34% utilized
Given only the above information, what suggestion would you offer the customer?
xThe customer should use a .htaccess file instead.
The customer should use a php.conf file instead.
The customer should remove mod_ruid2 from their PHP configuration.
???The customer should use a .user.ini file instead.
Excluding any file paths, what is the command used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer?
dmesg
vWhich of the following commands would provide you with a history of the server's load averages?
w
ps
stat
top
xsar
Your customer is reporting that, after configuring a number of additional IP addresses on their server, only about 9 of them are actually working. They also report that, when restarting the ipaliases service, they receive the following error:
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
You run ifconfig and notice the following secondary interfaces:
eth10015515:cp1: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.122.209.67 netmask 255.255.255.192 broadcast 10.122.209.127
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp2: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.193 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp3: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.194 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp4: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.195 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp5: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.196 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp6: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.197 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp7: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.198 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp8: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.199 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp9: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.200 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
These are the only additional IP addresses showing, though. They report that they should be showing 22 additional IP addresses. Of the following choices, which would have a higher likelihood of being the source of the issue here?
The discrepancy in the broadcast address between cp1 and the remaining secondary interfaces indicates that there is likely to be a routing issue that is causing the interface configuration to break.
The maximum number of IP addresses that can be bound per interface is 10, meaning that the primary IP address in addition to the 9 secondary IP addresses have caused this interface to reach its maximum.
???The maximum number of characters in the interface names was exceeded after the 9th secondary interface because of the additional digit was introduced in the interface name.
xThe maximum number of IP addresses assigned to this server is incorrect for the subnet given to them, which is indicated by the "Numerical result out of range" error in reference to the subnet mask calculation.
Your customer's default system PHP configuration specifies for PHP to use the America/Caracas time zone. However, they report that, when accessing http://domain.tld/testing.php, it seems to be utilizing the Europe/Moscow time zone instead. From the following statements, which most likely explains what is occurring here?
There is likely to be system clock skew on the server, causing errors in time zone calculation.
None of these are likely.
The script and/or account has likely been compromised by someone from the Europe/Moscow time zone.
???Europe/Moscow has been specified as the time zone within a custom, user-level PHP configuration file.
xThe currently selected PHP handler is altering the active time zone at runtime.
SCENARIO:
Your MySQL server is crashing upon startup. Upon reviewing the logs, it appears that the InnoDB engine is responsible. You decide to try using the innodb_force_recovery setting within your /etc/my.cnf file in an attempt to further diagnose the issue.
You plan to remove this setting as soon as you've completed your investigation, but in the meantime, which of the following values should you avoid using to prevent potential damage to customer data? (Select all that apply.)
??xinnodb_force_recovery = 1
??xinnodb_force_recovery = 3
innodb_force_recovery = 6
?innodb_force_recovery = 4
You notice that there is an httpd process in uninterruptable sleep state (D) when examining your system's current process states:
# ps -eo state,pid,cmd | egrep "httpd|dovecot|cpsrvd"
S 14817 cpsrvd (SSL) - dormant mode - accepting connections
S 25311 /usr/sbin/dovecot
S 25313 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25314 dovecot/imap-login
S 25315 dovecot/anvil
S 25316 dovecot/log
S 25318 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25319 dovecot/imap-login
S 25320 dovecot/config
S 28158 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
D 32748 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32749 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32750 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32751 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
Of the following commands, would provide you with relevant information to help further verify the cause of this status?
??lsof +p 32748
cat /proc/32748/io
xps ffs -H -p 32748
stat /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd
Which of the following commands would allow you to quickly determine the current value of a particular environment variable? (Select two.)
hist
ldd
dmesg
??xenv
??xexport
Your customer reports that they cannot ping any domains on their server by name, but that they are able to ping the IP addresses associated with the domains, as well as the nameservers. Online DNS testing tools also report the domains as being offline.
Querying the domains locally from within the server works. You perform a tcpdump, showing that remote queries are reaching the server, but that it is simply not responding to them. There are no firewall rules preventing the queries from getting through. Your customer reports that switching to NSD or other nameserver software resolves their issue, but that they need to use bind. The named service appears to be up and running properly.
Given the following choices, which describes the issue that has the highest likelihood of being at fault here?
xThe queries are reaching the server, but are not being handled properly by bind specifically. There may be a problem with the configuration in the named.conf file.
None of these are applicable. You should determine what the customer needs with bind specifically, and assist the customer in configuring one of the alternate nameserver software choices to fit their needs.
The Apache configuration may be missing VirtualHost entries for the domains on the server. The customer may have attempted to manually modify the httpd.conf, resulting in the problem.
???The information stored for each of the domains' nameservers at the registrar may be incorrect, which is affecting the destination of queries for the customer's domains.
Your customer reports that they are experiencing a MySQL service failure. After logging into the server and taking a look at the logs, you notice that the InnoDB engine is at fault. Which of the following actions would not be an appropriate next step?
Make a backup of the MySQL data directory in its current state.
Disable the InnoDB engine using the /etc/my.cnf file, then try to start the MySQL service again.
???xDelete the ibdata1 file in the MySQL data directory, so that InnoDB can generate a new copy on the next MySQL start-up.
Rename the ib_logfile0 and ib_logfile1 files, allowing InnoDB to generate new copies on the next MySQL start-up.
Your customer has attempted to set up quotas in their cPanel & WHM environment, however they are still reporting that quotas are not functioning as expected.
They are using an XFS filesystem on a CentOS 7 environment, but you are able to confirm that they have performed the necessary reboots and script executions needed to accommodate for this.
Given this information, which of the following options would be the best troubleshooting step to attempt next?
??xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script.
Disable Cache Disk Quota Information in Tweak Settings.
?Delete the quota files in the root directory, then run /scripts/initquotas again.
Remount the root partition with the "journal" option, then run /scripts/initquotas.
Which of the following commands will allow you to trace a process' system calls and signals?
xstrace
sysinfo
lsof
dmesg
In the following top output, what percentage of iowait is being reported on the system?
top - 15:30:58 up 223 days, 16:00, 1 user, load average: 0.02, 0.07, 0.03
Tasks: 117 total, 1 running, 116 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
Cpu(s): 0.3%us, 0.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 98.7%id, 0.3%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
690 root 20 0 13136 1164 884 R 0.3 0.1 0:00.05 top
1704 cpanelso 20 0 2563m 136m 1868 S 0.3 7.3 708:08.21 java
1 root 20 0 19352 1140 904 S 0.0 0.1 1:00.62 init
2 root 20 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.01 kthreadd
3 root RT 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.00 migration/0
98.7
??xNone of these.
0.3
0.7
0.02
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
With the audit parameters set by this command, which of the following permissions would not be monitored?
Attribute Changes
zNone of these.
Reads
Writes
???Executes
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
What does cpuser-index represent in this example?
The comment to append each of the file's audit results.
None of these.
xThe label identifying the type of indexing to apply to this audit.
???The unique filter key for the audit rule.
The user identifier for the file being audited.
What network service or protocol is indicated in the output of the command tcpdump -nli eth1 ‘udp’, shown below?
13:03:17.277327 IP 192.168.123.5.1065 > 192.168.5.112.53: 43653+ A? lpi.org. (25)
13:03:17.598624 IP 192.168.5.112.53 > 192.168.123.5.1065: 43653 1/0/0 A
24.215.7.109 (41)
???xDNS
FTP
ICMP
SMTP
MySQL
HTTP
Which of the following is not a method of determining the server's 5-minute load average?
w
sar
??cAll of these can be used.
top
What does PPID stand for, when shown within specific ps or top output?
???xParent Process Identification
Port Protocol Identification
Process Priority Identification
Process Path Identification
Given the path to a core dump file, which of the following utilities can provide you with the file that generated the core dump?
find
xfile
stat
???None of these will provide this information.
lsattr
You completed this test on 06/06/2024, 09:01
Your score is 62.50%
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
What does cpuser-index represent in this example?
xThe unique filter key for the audit rule.
The user identifier for the file being audited.
The comment to append each of the file's audit results.
The label identifying the type of indexing to apply to this audit.
None of these.
SCENARIO:
Your MySQL server is crashing upon startup. Upon reviewing the logs, it appears that the InnoDB engine is responsible. You decide to try using the innodb_force_recovery setting within your /etc/my.cnf file in an attempt to further diagnose the issue.
You plan to remove this setting as soon as you've completed your investigation, but in the meantime, which of the following values should you avoid using to prevent potential damage to customer data? (Select all that apply.)
xinnodb_force_recovery = 4
xinnodb_force_recovery = 1
xinnodb_force_recovery = 3
innodb_force_recovery = 6
Your customer reports that they are experiencing a MySQL service failure. After logging into the server and taking a look at the logs, you notice that the InnoDB engine is at fault. Which of the following actions would not be an appropriate next step?
Make a backup of the MySQL data directory in its current state.
xDelete the ibdata1 file in the MySQL data directory, so that InnoDB can generate a new copy on the next MySQL start-up.
Rename the ib_logfile0 and ib_logfile1 files, allowing InnoDB to generate new copies on the next MySQL start-up.
Disable the InnoDB engine using the /etc/my.cnf file, then try to start the MySQL service again.
Your customer's default system PHP configuration specifies for PHP to use the America/Caracas time zone. However, they report that, when accessing http://domain.tld/testing.php, it seems to be utilizing the Europe/Moscow time zone instead. From the following statements, which most likely explains what is occurring here?
The script and/or account has likely been compromised by someone from the Europe/Moscow time zone.
None of these are likely.
The currently selected PHP handler is altering the active time zone at runtime.
There is likely to be system clock skew on the server, causing errors in time zone calculation.
xEurope/Moscow has been specified as the time zone within a custom, user-level PHP configuration file.
Given the path to a core dump file, which of the following utilities can provide you with the file that generated the core dump?
None of these will provide this information.
stat
find
file
lsattr
Your customer reports that they cannot ping any domains on their server by name, but that they are able to ping the IP addresses associated with the domains, as well as the nameservers. Online DNS testing tools also report the domains as being offline.
Querying the domains locally from within the server works. You perform a tcpdump, showing that remote queries are reaching the server, but that it is simply not responding to them. There are no firewall rules preventing the queries from getting through. Your customer reports that switching to NSD or other nameserver software resolves their issue, but that they need to use bind. The named service appears to be up and running properly.
Given the following choices, which describes the issue that has the highest likelihood of being at fault here?
The Apache configuration may be missing VirtualHost entries for the domains on the server. The customer may have attempted to manually modify the httpd.conf, resulting in the problem.
None of these are applicable. You should determine what the customer needs with bind specifically, and assist the customer in configuring one of the alternate nameserver software choices to fit their needs.
The queries are reaching the server, but are not being handled properly by bind specifically. There may be a problem with the configuration in the named.conf file.
xThe information stored for each of the domains' nameservers at the registrar may be incorrect, which is affecting the destination of queries for the customer's domains.
What kind of information is stored within the /var/log/messages file? Choose the option below that best describes its contents.
Mail server logs containing mail headers and SMTP transactions.
xSystem message logs, containing kernel messages and messages from applications.
User-input messages exchanged between users on the system.
The bash command history for the root user.
You notice that there is an httpd process in uninterruptable sleep state (D) when examining your system's current process states:
# ps -eo state,pid,cmd | egrep "httpd|dovecot|cpsrvd"
S 14817 cpsrvd (SSL) - dormant mode - accepting connections
S 25311 /usr/sbin/dovecot
S 25313 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25314 dovecot/imap-login
S 25315 dovecot/anvil
S 25316 dovecot/log
S 25318 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25319 dovecot/imap-login
S 25320 dovecot/config
S 28158 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
D 32748 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32749 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32750 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32751 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
Of the following commands, would provide you with relevant information to help further verify the cause of this status?
cat /proc/32748/io
ps ffs -H -p 32748
stat /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd
xlsof +p 32748
Excluding any file paths, what is the command used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer?
dmesg
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
With the audit parameters set by this command, which of the following permissions would not be monitored?
Attribute Changes
xExecutes
None of these.
Reads
Writes
Given the following options, which utility would be best for monitoring the child processes of tasks specified?
pidlist
pcmon
procmon
xpidstat
Which of the following commands will allow you to trace a process' system calls and signals?
sysinfo
lsof
xstrace
dmesg
Your customer is reporting that, after making php.ini changes into a custom php.ini file that they've placed in their site's public_html folder, their PHP application is still not reflecting those changes. You do a quick check on their environment details:
Kernel & Architecture: 2.6.32-642.13.1.el6.x86_64
OS: CentOS release 6.8 (Final)
cPanel Version: 11.68.0.23
Apache: 2.4.16, listening on ports 80 & 443
PHP: PHP 5.6.30 using DSO & mod_ruid2
Uptime: 09:27:06 up 2 days
Load Average: 0.07, 0.07, 0.02
Disk Usage:
/ 75% utilized
tmpfs 0% utilized
/boot 34% utilized
Given only the above information, what suggestion would you offer the customer?
The customer should remove mod_ruid2 from their PHP configuration.
The customer should use a php.conf file instead.
The customer should use a .htaccess file instead.
xThe customer should use a .user.ini file instead.
Updates on the client system are failing. As part of the troubleshooting process, you perform an strace of the upcp script. The following entry is seen repeatedly throughout the strace output:
capget({_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0}, NULL) = -1 EFAULT (Bad address)
In addition to this, you also identify the following within the dmesg log:
[4083794.715698] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Add. Sense: Unrecovered read error - auto reallocate failed
[4083794.715702] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] CDB: Read(10): 28 00 e6 90 00 00 00 00 08 00
[4083794.715710] end_request: I/O error, dev sda, sector 3868196864
[4083794.718683] ata1: EH complete
Which of the following options best describes the most likely situation demonstrated by the above information?
Imminent CPU failure.
Kernel out of date.
No virtual memory available.
High load on server
xPhysical drive issues.
Excessive iowait
Which of the following commands would provide you with a history of the server's load averages?
stat
w
ps
xsar
top
Your customer has attempted to set up quotas in their cPanel & WHM environment, however they are still reporting that quotas are not functioning as expected.
They are using an XFS filesystem on a CentOS 7 environment, but you are able to confirm that they have performed the necessary reboots and script executions needed to accommodate for this.
Given this information, which of the following options would be the best troubleshooting step to attempt next?
Delete the quota files in the root directory, then run /scripts/initquotas again.
Remount the root partition with the "journal" option, then run /scripts/initquotas.
Disable Cache Disk Quota Information in Tweak Settings.
xRun the /scripts/fixquotas script.
What does PPID stand for, when shown within specific ps or top output?
Process Path Identification
Port Protocol Identification
Process Priority Identification
xParent Process Identification
Which of the following is not a method of determining the server's 5-minute load average?
sar
top
w
xAll of these can be used.
Which of the following commands would allow you to quickly determine the current value of a particular environment variable? (Select two.)
xenv
xexport
dmesg
ldd
hist
In the following top output, what percentage of iowait is being reported on the system?
top - 15:30:58 up 223 days, 16:00, 1 user, load average: 0.02, 0.07, 0.03
Tasks: 117 total, 1 running, 116 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
Cpu(s): 0.3%us, 0.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 98.7%id, 0.3%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
690 root 20 0 13136 1164 884 R 0.3 0.1 0:00.05 top
1704 cpanelso 20 0 2563m 136m 1868 S 0.3 7.3 708:08.21 java
1 root 20 0 19352 1140 904 S 0.0 0.1 1:00.62 init
2 root 20 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.01 kthreadd
3 root RT 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.00 migration/0
x0.3
98.7
0.7
None of these.
0.02
Your customer is reporting that, after configuring a number of additional IP addresses on their server, only about 9 of them are actually working. They also report that, when restarting the ipaliases service, they receive the following error:
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
You run ifconfig and notice the following secondary interfaces:
eth10015515:cp1: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.122.209.67 netmask 255.255.255.192 broadcast 10.122.209.127
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp2: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.193 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp3: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.194 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp4: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.195 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp5: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.196 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp6: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.197 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp7: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.198 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp8: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.199 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp9: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.200 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
These are the only additional IP addresses showing, though. They report that they should be showing 22 additional IP addresses. Of the following choices, which would have a higher likelihood of being the source of the issue here?
The discrepancy in the broadcast address between cp1 and the remaining secondary interfaces indicates that there is likely to be a routing issue that is causing the interface configuration to break.
xThe maximum number of characters in the interface names was exceeded after the 9th secondary interface because of the additional digit was introduced in the interface name.
The maximum number of IP addresses assigned to this server is incorrect for the subnet given to them, which is indicated by the "Numerical result out of range" error in reference to the subnet mask calculation.
The maximum number of IP addresses that can be bound per interface is 10, meaning that the primary IP address in addition to the 9 secondary IP addresses have caused this interface to reach its maximum.
Upon examining the cron logs, you're seeing messages like those shown below occurring frequently:
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
These are continuing to appear even as you continue to tail -f the log file.
Given the following choices, which of these would be the most appropriate next step to take in diagnosing this issue?
Check the current system load average (cat /proc/loadavg, top, w, or uptime) and compare with the iowait that exists on the system (iostat).
xCompare the user's currently running process count (ps -U cpuser2 | wc -l) with the system's user limits for the user (su - cpuser2 -c "ulimit -u")
Set the immutable attribute on the cpuser2's cron file (chattr +i /var/spool/cron/cpuser2), then run the cPanel update script (/scripts/upcp).
Run netstat with extended information to provide user ID and inode with the connection list (netstat -natpe), compare against cpuser2's user ID (id -u cpuser2), and look for excessive connections using cpuser2-owned processes.
What network service or protocol is indicated in the output of the command tcpdump -nli eth1 ‘udp’, shown below?
13:03:17.277327 IP 192.168.123.5.1065 > 192.168.5.112.53: 43653+ A? lpi.org. (25)
13:03:17.598624 IP 192.168.5.112.53 > 192.168.123.5.1065: 43653 1/0/0 A
24.215.7.109 (41)
HTTP
FTP
MySQL
xDNS
SMTP
ICMP
The message below was, according to SpamAssassin's configuration on this server, correctly marked as "not spam". However, the message is obviously spam, and the customer would like to make sure that it gets marked accordingly.
Of the options below, which rule would be the most appropriate to change the assigned score of, in order to improve SpamAssassin's scoring of this message?
X-Spam-Status: No, score=-0.2
X-Spam-Score: -1
X-Spam-Bar: /
X-Ham-Report: Spam detection software, running on the system "betelgeuse.dnshigh.com",
has NOT identified this incoming email as spam. The original
message has been attached to this so you can view it or label
similar future email. If you have any questions, see
root\@localhost for details.
Content preview: buy th3se pil ls from good cheap phar macy 4u now v1c0din privacy gua rante ed [...]
Content analysis details: (-0.2 points, 2.0 required)
pts rule name description
---- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------
-0.3 RP_MATCHES_RCVD Envelope sender domain matches handover relay domain
0.0 HTML_MESSAGE BODY: HTML included in message
0.1 DKIM_SIGNED Message has a DKIM or DK signature, not necessarily valid
0.0 T_DKIM_INVALID DKIM-Signature header exists but is not valid
X-Spam-Flag: NO
DKIM_SIGNED
RP_MATCHES_RCVD
xT_DKIM_INVALID
HTML_MESSAGE
You completed this test on 06/10/2024, 08:27
Your score is 75.00%
Your customer reports that they cannot ping any domains on their server by name, but that they are able to ping the IP addresses associated with the domains, as well as the nameservers. Online DNS testing tools also report the domains as being offline.
Querying the domains locally from within the server works. You perform a tcpdump, showing that remote queries are reaching the server, but that it is simply not responding to them. There are no firewall rules preventing the queries from getting through. Your customer reports that switching to NSD or other nameserver software resolves their issue, but that they need to use bind. The named service appears to be up and running properly.
Given the following choices, which describes the issue that has the highest likelihood of being at fault here?
The information stored for each of the domains' nameservers at the registrar may be incorrect, which is affecting the destination of queries for the customer's domains.
None of these are applicable. You should determine what the customer needs with bind specifically, and assist the customer in configuring one of the alternate nameserver software choices to fit their needs.
The Apache configuration may be missing VirtualHost entries for the domains on the server. The customer may have attempted to manually modify the httpd.conf, resulting in the problem.
xThe queries are reaching the server, but are not being handled properly by bind specifically. There may be a problem with the configuration in the named.conf file.
Your customer is reporting that, after configuring a number of additional IP addresses on their server, only about 9 of them are actually working. They also report that, when restarting the ipaliases service, they receive the following error:
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
You run ifconfig and notice the following secondary interfaces:
eth10015515:cp1: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.122.209.67 netmask 255.255.255.192 broadcast 10.122.209.127
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp2: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.193 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp3: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.194 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp4: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.195 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp5: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.196 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp6: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.197 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp7: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.198 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp8: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.199 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp9: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.200 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
These are the only additional IP addresses showing, though. They report that they should be showing 22 additional IP addresses. Of the following choices, which would have a higher likelihood of being the source of the issue here?
The maximum number of IP addresses assigned to this server is incorrect for the subnet given to them, which is indicated by the "Numerical result out of range" error in reference to the subnet mask calculation.
The discrepancy in the broadcast address between cp1 and the remaining secondary interfaces indicates that there is likely to be a routing issue that is causing the interface configuration to break.
xThe maximum number of characters in the interface names was exceeded after the 9th secondary interface because of the additional digit was introduced in the interface name.
The maximum number of IP addresses that can be bound per interface is 10, meaning that the primary IP address in addition to the 9 secondary IP addresses have caused this interface to reach its maximum.
Your customer has attempted to set up quotas in their cPanel & WHM environment, however they are still reporting that quotas are not functioning as expected.
They are using an XFS filesystem on a CentOS 7 environment, but you are able to confirm that they have performed the necessary reboots and script executions needed to accommodate for this.
Given this information, which of the following options would be the best troubleshooting step to attempt next?
Remount the root partition with the "journal" option, then run /scripts/initquotas.
xDisable Cache Disk Quota Information in Tweak Settings.
Delete the quota files in the root directory, then run /scripts/initquotas again.
Run the /scripts/fixquotas script.
Your customer reports that they are experiencing a MySQL service failure. After logging into the server and taking a look at the logs, you notice that the InnoDB engine is at fault. Which of the following actions would not be an appropriate next step?
Rename the ib_logfile0 and ib_logfile1 files, allowing InnoDB to generate new copies on the next MySQL start-up.
Make a backup of the MySQL data directory in its current state.
Disable the InnoDB engine using the /etc/my.cnf file, then try to start the MySQL service again.
xDelete the ibdata1 file in the MySQL data directory, so that InnoDB can generate a new copy on the next MySQL start-up.
Excluding any file paths, what is the command used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer?
dmesg
Your customer's default system PHP configuration specifies for PHP to use the America/Caracas time zone. However, they report that, when accessing http://domain.tld/testing.php, it seems to be utilizing the Europe/Moscow time zone instead. From the following statements, which most likely explains what is occurring here?
xEurope/Moscow has been specified as the time zone within a custom, user-level PHP configuration file.
There is likely to be system clock skew on the server, causing errors in time zone calculation.
None of these are likely.
The currently selected PHP handler is altering the active time zone at runtime.
The script and/or account has likely been compromised by someone from the Europe/Moscow time zone.
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
With the audit parameters set by this command, which of the following permissions would not be monitored?
xNone of these.
Writes
Attribute Changes
Executes
Reads
Given the following options, which utility would be best for monitoring the child processes of tasks specified?
procmon
pidlist
xpidstat
pcmon
You notice that there is an httpd process in uninterruptable sleep state (D) when examining your system's current process states:
# ps -eo state,pid,cmd | egrep "httpd|dovecot|cpsrvd"
S 14817 cpsrvd (SSL) - dormant mode - accepting connections
S 25311 /usr/sbin/dovecot
S 25313 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25314 dovecot/imap-login
S 25315 dovecot/anvil
S 25316 dovecot/log
S 25318 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25319 dovecot/imap-login
S 25320 dovecot/config
S 28158 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
D 32748 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32749 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32750 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32751 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
Of the following commands, would provide you with relevant information to help further verify the cause of this status?
ps ffs -H -p 32748
xcat /proc/32748/io
lsof +p 32748
stat /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd
Which of the following commands would provide you with a history of the server's load averages?
stat
xsar
ps
top
w
Given the path to a core dump file, which of the following utilities can provide you with the file that generated the core dump?
lsattr
file
xNone of these will provide this information.
stat
find
What does PPID stand for, when shown within specific ps or top output?
Process Path Identification
Port Protocol Identification
xParent Process Identification
Process Priority Identification
Which of the following commands would allow you to quickly determine the current value of a particular environment variable? (Select two.)
xexport
xenv
hist
dmesg
ldd
What kind of information is stored within the /var/log/messages file? Choose the option below that best describes its contents.
The bash command history for the root user.
Mail server logs containing mail headers and SMTP transactions.
User-input messages exchanged between users on the system.
xSystem message logs, containing kernel messages and messages from applications.
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
What does cpuser-index represent in this example?
The user identifier for the file being audited.
xThe unique filter key for the audit rule.
None of these.
The comment to append each of the file's audit results.
The label identifying the type of indexing to apply to this audit.
Which of the following commands will allow you to trace a process' system calls and signals?
xstrace
lsof
dmesg
sysinfo
SCENARIO:
Your MySQL server is crashing upon startup. Upon reviewing the logs, it appears that the InnoDB engine is responsible. You decide to try using the innodb_force_recovery setting within your /etc/my.cnf file in an attempt to further diagnose the issue.
You plan to remove this setting as soon as you've completed your investigation, but in the meantime, which of the following values should you avoid using to prevent potential damage to customer data? (Select all that apply.)
xinnodb_force_recovery = 4
xinnodb_force_recovery = 6
innodb_force_recovery = 1
innodb_force_recovery = 3
Which of the following is not a method of determining the server's 5-minute load average?
sar
w
xAll of these can be used.
top
Upon examining the cron logs, you're seeing messages like those shown below occurring frequently:
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
These are continuing to appear even as you continue to tail -f the log file.
Given the following choices, which of these would be the most appropriate next step to take in diagnosing this issue?
xCompare the user's currently running process count (ps -U cpuser2 | wc -l) with the system's user limits for the user (su - cpuser2 -c "ulimit -u")
Set the immutable attribute on the cpuser2's cron file (chattr +i /var/spool/cron/cpuser2), then run the cPanel update script (/scripts/upcp).
Check the current system load average (cat /proc/loadavg, top, w, or uptime) and compare with the iowait that exists on the system (iostat).
Run netstat with extended information to provide user ID and inode with the connection list (netstat -natpe), compare against cpuser2's user ID (id -u cpuser2), and look for excessive connections using cpuser2-owned processes.
What network service or protocol is indicated in the output of the command tcpdump -nli eth1 ‘udp’, shown below?
13:03:17.277327 IP 192.168.123.5.1065 > 192.168.5.112.53: 43653+ A? lpi.org. (25)
13:03:17.598624 IP 192.168.5.112.53 > 192.168.123.5.1065: 43653 1/0/0 A
24.215.7.109 (41)
xDNS
HTTP
MySQL
ICMP
FTP
SMTP
Updates on the client system are failing. As part of the troubleshooting process, you perform an strace of the upcp script. The following entry is seen repeatedly throughout the strace output:
capget({_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0}, NULL) = -1 EFAULT (Bad address)
In addition to this, you also identify the following within the dmesg log:
[4083794.715698] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Add. Sense: Unrecovered read error - auto reallocate failed
[4083794.715702] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] CDB: Read(10): 28 00 e6 90 00 00 00 00 08 00
[4083794.715710] end_request: I/O error, dev sda, sector 3868196864
[4083794.718683] ata1: EH complete
Which of the following options best describes the most likely situation demonstrated by the above information?
xPhysical drive issues.
Imminent CPU failure.
No virtual memory available.
Excessive iowait
High load on server
Kernel out of date.
Your customer is reporting that, after making php.ini changes into a custom php.ini file that they've placed in their site's public_html folder, their PHP application is still not reflecting those changes. You do a quick check on their environment details:
Kernel & Architecture: 2.6.32-642.13.1.el6.x86_64
OS: CentOS release 6.8 (Final)
cPanel Version: 11.68.0.23
Apache: 2.4.16, listening on ports 80 & 443
PHP: PHP 5.6.30 using DSO & mod_ruid2
Uptime: 09:27:06 up 2 days
Load Average: 0.07, 0.07, 0.02
Disk Usage:
/ 75% utilized
tmpfs 0% utilized
/boot 34% utilized
Given only the above information, what suggestion would you offer the customer?
The customer should remove mod_ruid2 from their PHP configuration.
The customer should use a .user.ini file instead.
xThe customer should use a .htaccess file instead.
The customer should use a php.conf file instead.
The message below was, according to SpamAssassin's configuration on this server, correctly marked as "not spam". However, the message is obviously spam, and the customer would like to make sure that it gets marked accordingly.
Of the options below, which rule would be the most appropriate to change the assigned score of, in order to improve SpamAssassin's scoring of this message?
X-Spam-Status: No, score=-0.2
X-Spam-Score: -1
X-Spam-Bar: /
X-Ham-Report: Spam detection software, running on the system "betelgeuse.dnshigh.com",
has NOT identified this incoming email as spam. The original
message has been attached to this so you can view it or label
similar future email. If you have any questions, see
root\@localhost for details.
Content preview: buy th3se pil ls from good cheap phar macy 4u now v1c0din privacy gua rante ed [...]
Content analysis details: (-0.2 points, 2.0 required)
pts rule name description
---- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------
-0.3 RP_MATCHES_RCVD Envelope sender domain matches handover relay domain
0.0 HTML_MESSAGE BODY: HTML included in message
0.1 DKIM_SIGNED Message has a DKIM or DK signature, not necessarily valid
0.0 T_DKIM_INVALID DKIM-Signature header exists but is not valid
X-Spam-Flag: NO
xT_DKIM_INVALID
DKIM_SIGNED
HTML_MESSAGE
RP_MATCHES_RCVD
In the following top output, what percentage of iowait is being reported on the system?
top - 15:30:58 up 223 days, 16:00, 1 user, load average: 0.02, 0.07, 0.03
Tasks: 117 total, 1 running, 116 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
Cpu(s): 0.3%us, 0.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 98.7%id, 0.3%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
690 root 20 0 13136 1164 884 R 0.3 0.1 0:00.05 top
1704 cpanelso 20 0 2563m 136m 1868 S 0.3 7.3 708:08.21 java
1 root 20 0 19352 1140 904 S 0.0 0.1 1:00.62 init
2 root 20 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.01 kthreadd
3 root RT 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.00 migration/0
98.7
x0.3
0.02
0.7
None of these.
You completed this test on 06/12/2024, 05:51
Your score is 91.67%
What kind of information is stored within the /var/log/messages file? Choose the option below that best describes its contents.
xSystem message logs, containing kernel messages and messages from applications.
Mail server logs containing mail headers and SMTP transactions.
The bash command history for the root user.
User-input messages exchanged between users on the system.
Updates on the client system are failing. As part of the troubleshooting process, you perform an strace of the upcp script. The following entry is seen repeatedly throughout the strace output:
capget({_LINUX_CAPABILITY_VERSION_3, 0}, NULL) = -1 EFAULT (Bad address)
In addition to this, you also identify the following within the dmesg log:
[4083794.715698] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] Add. Sense: Unrecovered read error - auto reallocate failed
[4083794.715702] sd 0:0:0:0: [sda] CDB: Read(10): 28 00 e6 90 00 00 00 00 08 00
[4083794.715710] end_request: I/O error, dev sda, sector 3868196864
[4083794.718683] ata1: EH complete
Which of the following options best describes the most likely situation demonstrated by the above information?
Kernel out of date.
xPhysical drive issues.
Imminent CPU failure.
High load on server
Excessive iowait
No virtual memory available.
You notice that there is an httpd process in uninterruptable sleep state (D) when examining your system's current process states:
# ps -eo state,pid,cmd | egrep "httpd|dovecot|cpsrvd"
S 14817 cpsrvd (SSL) - dormant mode - accepting connections
S 25311 /usr/sbin/dovecot
S 25313 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25314 dovecot/imap-login
S 25315 dovecot/anvil
S 25316 dovecot/log
S 25318 dovecot/pop3-login
S 25319 dovecot/imap-login
S 25320 dovecot/config
S 28158 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
D 32748 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32749 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32750 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
S 32751 /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd -k start
Of the following commands, would provide you with relevant information to help further verify the cause of this status?
lsof +p 32748
stat /usr/local/apache/bin/httpd
xcat /proc/32748/io
ps ffs -H -p 32748
Which of the following commands would provide you with a history of the server's load averages?
stat
sar
ps
w
top
What network service or protocol is indicated in the output of the command tcpdump -nli eth1 ‘udp’, shown below?
13:03:17.277327 IP 192.168.123.5.1065 > 192.168.5.112.53: 43653+ A? lpi.org. (25)
13:03:17.598624 IP 192.168.5.112.53 > 192.168.123.5.1065: 43653 1/0/0 A
24.215.7.109 (41)
xDNS
FTP
MySQL
SMTP
HTTP
ICMP
Which of the following is not a method of determining the server's 5-minute load average?
w
sar
top
xAll of these can be used.
Given the following options, which utility would be best for monitoring the child processes of tasks specified?
pidstat
pidlist
pcmon
procmon
What does PPID stand for, when shown within specific ps or top output?
Port Protocol Identification
xParent Process Identification
Process Priority Identification
Process Path Identification
Given the path to a core dump file, which of the following utilities can provide you with the file that generated the core dump?
find
stat
file
xNone of these will provide this information.
lsattr
Your customer reports that they are experiencing a MySQL service failure. After logging into the server and taking a look at the logs, you notice that the InnoDB engine is at fault. Which of the following actions would not be an appropriate next step?
xDelete the ibdata1 file in the MySQL data directory, so that InnoDB can generate a new copy on the next MySQL start-up.
Make a backup of the MySQL data directory in its current state.
Rename the ib_logfile0 and ib_logfile1 files, allowing InnoDB to generate new copies on the next MySQL start-up.
Disable the InnoDB engine using the /etc/my.cnf file, then try to start the MySQL service again.
Which of the following commands will allow you to trace a process' system calls and signals?
sysinfo
xstrace
dmesg
lsof
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
What does cpuser-index represent in this example?
The user identifier for the file being audited.
The label identifying the type of indexing to apply to this audit.
None of these.
xThe unique filter key for the audit rule.
The comment to append each of the file's audit results.
Your customer reports that they cannot ping any domains on their server by name, but that they are able to ping the IP addresses associated with the domains, as well as the nameservers. Online DNS testing tools also report the domains as being offline.
Querying the domains locally from within the server works. You perform a tcpdump, showing that remote queries are reaching the server, but that it is simply not responding to them. There are no firewall rules preventing the queries from getting through. Your customer reports that switching to NSD or other nameserver software resolves their issue, but that they need to use bind. The named service appears to be up and running properly.
Given the following choices, which describes the issue that has the highest likelihood of being at fault here?
The information stored for each of the domains' nameservers at the registrar may be incorrect, which is affecting the destination of queries for the customer's domains.
xThe queries are reaching the server, but are not being handled properly by bind specifically. There may be a problem with the configuration in the named.conf file.
None of these are applicable. You should determine what the customer needs with bind specifically, and assist the customer in configuring one of the alternate nameserver software choices to fit their needs.
The Apache configuration may be missing VirtualHost entries for the domains on the server. The customer may have attempted to manually modify the httpd.conf, resulting in the problem.
Your customer has attempted to set up quotas in their cPanel & WHM environment, however they are still reporting that quotas are not functioning as expected.
They are using an XFS filesystem on a CentOS 7 environment, but you are able to confirm that they have performed the necessary reboots and script executions needed to accommodate for this.
Given this information, which of the following options would be the best troubleshooting step to attempt next?
Run the /scripts/fixquotas script.
Delete the quota files in the root directory, then run /scripts/initquotas again.
xDisable Cache Disk Quota Information in Tweak Settings.
Remount the root partition with the "journal" option, then run /scripts/initquotas.
Your customer is reporting that, after configuring a number of additional IP addresses on their server, only about 9 of them are actually working. They also report that, when restarting the ipaliases service, they receive the following error:
RTNETLINK answers: Numerical result out of range
You run ifconfig and notice the following secondary interfaces:
eth10015515:cp1: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.122.209.67 netmask 255.255.255.192 broadcast 10.122.209.127
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp2: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.193 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp3: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.194 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp4: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.195 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp5: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.196 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp6: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.197 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp7: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.198 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp8: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.199 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
eth10015515:cp9: flags=4163 mtu 1500
inet 10.79.18.200 netmask 255.255.255.240 broadcast 10.79.18.207
ether 00:0c:29:ab:2e:11 txqueuelen 1000 (Ethernet)
These are the only additional IP addresses showing, though. They report that they should be showing 22 additional IP addresses. Of the following choices, which would have a higher likelihood of being the source of the issue here?
The maximum number of IP addresses that can be bound per interface is 10, meaning that the primary IP address in addition to the 9 secondary IP addresses have caused this interface to reach its maximum.
The maximum number of IP addresses assigned to this server is incorrect for the subnet given to them, which is indicated by the "Numerical result out of range" error in reference to the subnet mask calculation.
xThe maximum number of characters in the interface names was exceeded after the 9th secondary interface because of the additional digit was introduced in the interface name.
The discrepancy in the broadcast address between cp1 and the remaining secondary interfaces indicates that there is likely to be a routing issue that is causing the interface configuration to break.
Your customer's default system PHP configuration specifies for PHP to use the America/Caracas time zone. However, they report that, when accessing http://domain.tld/testing.php, it seems to be utilizing the Europe/Moscow time zone instead. From the following statements, which most likely explains what is occurring here?
None of these are likely.
The currently selected PHP handler is altering the active time zone at runtime.
xEurope/Moscow has been specified as the time zone within a custom, user-level PHP configuration file.
There is likely to be system clock skew on the server, causing errors in time zone calculation.
The script and/or account has likely been compromised by someone from the Europe/Moscow time zone.
Upon examining the cron logs, you're seeing messages like those shown below occurring frequently:
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16106]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[16112]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (CRON) ERROR (setreuid failed): Resource temporarily unavailable
Sep 15 17:56:01 cpserver crond[15973]: (cpuser2) ERROR (failed to change user)
These are continuing to appear even as you continue to tail -f the log file.
Given the following choices, which of these would be the most appropriate next step to take in diagnosing this issue?
Check the current system load average (cat /proc/loadavg, top, w, or uptime) and compare with the iowait that exists on the system (iostat).
xCompare the user's currently running process count (ps -U cpuser2 | wc -l) with the system's user limits for the user (su - cpuser2 -c "ulimit -u")
Run netstat with extended information to provide user ID and inode with the connection list (netstat -natpe), compare against cpuser2's user ID (id -u cpuser2), and look for excessive connections using cpuser2-owned processes.
Set the immutable attribute on the cpuser2's cron file (chattr +i /var/spool/cron/cpuser2), then run the cPanel update script (/scripts/upcp).
SCENARIO:
Your MySQL server is crashing upon startup. Upon reviewing the logs, it appears that the InnoDB engine is responsible. You decide to try using the innodb_force_recovery setting within your /etc/my.cnf file in an attempt to further diagnose the issue.
You plan to remove this setting as soon as you've completed your investigation, but in the meantime, which of the following values should you avoid using to prevent potential damage to customer data? (Select all that apply.)
innodb_force_recovery = 3
innodb_force_recovery = 1
xinnodb_force_recovery = 6
xinnodb_force_recovery = 4
Excluding any file paths, what is the command used to examine or control the kernel ring buffer?
dmesg
The message below was, according to SpamAssassin's configuration on this server, correctly marked as "not spam". However, the message is obviously spam, and the customer would like to make sure that it gets marked accordingly.
Of the options below, which rule would be the most appropriate to change the assigned score of, in order to improve SpamAssassin's scoring of this message?
X-Spam-Status: No, score=-0.2
X-Spam-Score: -1
X-Spam-Bar: /
X-Ham-Report: Spam detection software, running on the system "betelgeuse.dnshigh.com",
has NOT identified this incoming email as spam. The original
message has been attached to this so you can view it or label
similar future email. If you have any questions, see
root\@localhost for details.
Content preview: buy th3se pil ls from good cheap phar macy 4u now v1c0din privacy gua rante ed [...]
Content analysis details: (-0.2 points, 2.0 required)
pts rule name description
---- ---------------------- --------------------------------------------------
-0.3 RP_MATCHES_RCVD Envelope sender domain matches handover relay domain
0.0 HTML_MESSAGE BODY: HTML included in message
0.1 DKIM_SIGNED Message has a DKIM or DK signature, not necessarily valid
0.0 T_DKIM_INVALID DKIM-Signature header exists but is not valid
X-Spam-Flag: NO
xT_DKIM_INVALID
DKIM_SIGNED
RP_MATCHES_RCVD
HTML_MESSAGE
Which of the following commands would allow you to quickly determine the current value of a particular environment variable? (Select two.)
xexport
ldd
dmesg
hist
xenv
Your customer is reporting that, after making php.ini changes into a custom php.ini file that they've placed in their site's public_html folder, their PHP application is still not reflecting those changes. You do a quick check on their environment details:
Kernel & Architecture: 2.6.32-642.13.1.el6.x86_64
OS: CentOS release 6.8 (Final)
cPanel Version: 11.68.0.23
Apache: 2.4.16, listening on ports 80 & 443
PHP: PHP 5.6.30 using DSO & mod_ruid2
Uptime: 09:27:06 up 2 days
Load Average: 0.07, 0.07, 0.02
Disk Usage:
/ 75% utilized
tmpfs 0% utilized
/boot 34% utilized
Given only the above information, what suggestion would you offer the customer?
The customer should use a .user.ini file instead.
The customer should remove mod_ruid2 from their PHP configuration.
xThe customer should use a .htaccess file instead.
The customer should use a php.conf file instead.
In the following top output, what percentage of iowait is being reported on the system?
top - 15:30:58 up 223 days, 16:00, 1 user, load average: 0.02, 0.07, 0.03
Tasks: 117 total, 1 running, 116 sleeping, 0 stopped, 0 zombie
Cpu(s): 0.3%us, 0.7%sy, 0.0%ni, 98.7%id, 0.3%wa, 0.0%hi, 0.0%si, 0.0%st
PID USER PR NI VIRT RES SHR S %CPU %MEM TIME+ COMMAND
690 root 20 0 13136 1164 884 R 0.3 0.1 0:00.05 top
1704 cpanelso 20 0 2563m 136m 1868 S 0.3 7.3 708:08.21 java
1 root 20 0 19352 1140 904 S 0.0 0.1 1:00.62 init
2 root 20 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.01 kthreadd
3 root RT 0 0 0 0 S 0.0 0.0 0:00.00 migration/0
98.7
0.7
x0.3
0.02
None of these.
You set an audit watch on a user's index.php file with the following command:
auditctl -w /home/cpuser/public_html/index.php -p war -k cpuser-index
With the audit parameters set by this command, which of the following permissions would not be monitored?
Writes
xNone of these.
Reads
Attribute Changes
Executes
You completed this test on 06/12/2024, 13:38
Your score is 91.67%
On a cPanel & WHM environment running CentOS 7, which of the following options identifies the most appropriate method of restarting one of the standard installed services (using svcname as the example service)?
service svcname restart
/scripts/restartsrv svcname
xsystemctl restart svcname.service
/etc/init.d/svcname restart
When a domain is parked on top of another domain, which directive in a VirtualHost entry within the httpd.conf is appended with the new domain information?
ServerAlias
ServerName
ServerAdmin
None of these.
ServerAddon
Which of the following options best describes what is contained in the /var/cpanel/databases directory, on a cPanel & WHM environment?
Where MySQL stores the update information for MySQL/MariaDB.
Where cPanel stores the logs for MySQL/MariaDB.
xThe files used for database mapping.
The databases on the system: this is the default data directory.
None of the above.
Which of the following tools should be used to list or add Standardized Hooks from the command line, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/hookctl
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/hook
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/register_hooks
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/manage_hooks
Within which of the following files would you find the values specified for configuration changes made within the Tweak Settings interface, in WHM?
/usr/local/cpanel/conf/cpanel.config
x/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
/usr/local/lib/cpanel.conf
None of these.
/etc/cpanel.conf
On a default cPanel & WHM environment, in which of the following files would I find the configuration value that defines the address or hostname of the MySQL server configured as the active remote mysql server within the MySQL Profiles feature of WHM?
x/root/.my.cnf
/var/lib/mysql/my.cnf
/usr/local/cpanel/etc/.my.cnf
/etc/my.cnf
Which of the following paths physically contain Apache's httpd.conf file, in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4?
/usr/local/lib
/var/cpanel/conf/ea4
x/etc/apache2/conf
/usr/local/apache/conf
When changes are made to the Host Access Control interface in WHM, what file in the file system is being updated?
x/etc/hosts.allow
/etc/hosts
/etc/host.conf
/etc/hosts.deny
If a specific IP has been blocked by cPHulk, which of the following cPanel scripts can you use to remove this block from the command line?
/scripts/unblockip
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/removeblock
/scripts/deblock
x/scripts/hulk-unban-ip
A customer reports that, upon logging into their WHM interface, they notice that the environment details shown at the top right of WHM are displaying incorrect information - CENTOS 6.8, when they are currently running CENTOS 7.2. They indicate that they have also recently migrated from a CENTOS 6.8 server.
Which of the following actions describes the best way to approach this issue?
Run '/scripts/upcp --force' to ensure that all necessary updates have been performed.
Run '/usr/sbin/ntpdate pool.ntp.org' to confirm time synchronization, as it may be reporting outdated information.
xRun '/scripts/gensysinfo' to ensure that the /var/cpanel/sysinfo.config file is up to date.
Run a 'yum update' to manually ensure all package and kernel updates have been performed.
Which cPanel script would provide you with the username of the account that owns a particular domain on the server?
x/scripts/whoowns
/scripts/whichaccount
/scripts/domainowner
/scripts/updateuserdomains
Which of the following scripts would you use to adjust the default system PHP handler for a particular PHP version, on an EasyApache 4/MultiPHP environment?
None of the above.
/scripts/phpini
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/install_php_inis
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/build_apache_conf
/scripts/restartsrv_php
You're attempting to disable cPHulk on a customer's server from the command line using the whmapi1 command. In the following command, choose the missing API function from the available dropdown.
whmapi1 [configureservice] service=cphulkd enabled=0 monitored=0
When resetting the MySQL root password from within the WHM interface, what file in the file system is also written to with the new password?
/etc/my.cnf
/var/lib/mysql/root.conf
/var/cpanel/mysql.conf
x/root/.my.cnf
None of these. The password is only stored in the mysql user table.
What are the default ports for accessing the WHM interface via HTTP and HTTPS? In the text box that follows, write the two port numbers separated either by a space, or the word "and" (eg. "1 and 2", or "1 2").
2086 2087
You completed this test on 06/12/2024, 05:59
Your score is 86.67%
If a specific IP has been blocked by cPHulk, which of the following cPanel scripts can you use to remove this block from the command line?
x/scripts/hulk-unban-ip
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/removeblock
/scripts/unblockip
/scripts/deblock
You're attempting to disable cPHulk on a customer's server from the command line using the whmapi1 command. In the following command, choose the missing API function from the available dropdown.
whmapi1 [configureservice] service=cphulkd enabled=0 monitored=0
What are the default ports for accessing the WHM interface via HTTP and HTTPS? In the text box that follows, write the two port numbers separated either by a space, or the word "and" (eg. "1 and 2", or "1 2").
2086 2087
Which of the following tools should be used to list or add Standardized Hooks from the command line, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/register_hooks
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/hook
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/manage_hooks
/usr/local/cpanel/scripts/hookctl
Within which of the following files would you find the values specified for configuration changes made within the Tweak Settings interface, in WHM?
/etc/cpanel.conf
/usr/local/cpanel/conf/cpanel.config
None of these.
/usr/local/lib/cpanel.conf
x/var/cpanel/cpanel.config
A customer reports that, upon logging into their WHM interface, they notice that the environment details shown at the top right of WHM are displaying incorrect information - CENTOS 6.8, when they are currently running CENTOS 7.2. They indicate that they have also recently migrated from a CENTOS 6.8 server.
Which of the following actions describes the best way to approach this issue?
xRun '/scripts/gensysinfo' to ensure that the /var/cpanel/sysinfo.config file is up to date.
Run '/scripts/upcp --force' to ensure that all necessary updates have been performed.
Run '/usr/sbin/ntpdate pool.ntp.org' to confirm time synchronization, as it may be reporting outdated information.
Run a 'yum update' to manually ensure all package and kernel updates have been performed.
When a domain is parked on top of another domain, which directive in a VirtualHost entry within the httpd.conf is appended with the new domain information?
ServerAddon
ServerName
ServerAdmin
None of these.
xServerAlias
Which of the following options best describes what is contained in the /var/cpanel/databases directory, on a cPanel & WHM environment?
xThe files used for database mapping.
Where MySQL stores the update information for MySQL/MariaDB.
The databases on the system: this is the default data directory.
Where cPanel stores the logs for MySQL/MariaDB.
None of the above.
On a default cPanel & WHM environment, in which of the following files would I find the configuration value that defines the address or hostname of the MySQL server configured as the active remote mysql server within the MySQL Profiles feature of WHM?
/etc/my.cnf
x/root/.my.cnf
/usr/local/cpanel/etc/.my.cnf
/var/lib/mysql/my.cnf
When changes are made to the Host Access Control interface in WHM, what file in the file system is being updated?
/etc/hosts
/etc/host.conf
/etc/hosts.deny
x/etc/hosts.allow
Which cPanel script would provide you with the username of the account that owns a particular domain on the server?
/scripts/whichaccount
/scripts/domainowner
/scripts/updateuserdomains
x/scripts/whoowns
When resetting the MySQL root password from within the WHM interface, what file in the file system is also written to with the new password?
None of these. The password is only stored in the mysql user table.
/etc/my.cnf
x/root/.my.cnf
/var/cpanel/mysql.conf
/var/lib/mysql/root.conf
Which of the following paths physically contain Apache's httpd.conf file, in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4?
/var/cpanel/conf/ea4
/usr/local/lib
x/etc/apache2/conf
/usr/local/apache/conf
On a cPanel & WHM environment running CentOS 7, which of the following options identifies the most appropriate method of restarting one of the standard installed services (using svcname as the example service)?
service svcname restart
/etc/init.d/svcname restart
/scripts/restartsrv svcname
xsystemctl restart svcname.service
Which of the following scripts would you use to adjust the default system PHP handler for a particular PHP version, on an EasyApache 4/MultiPHP environment?
/scripts/restartsrv_php
x/usr/local/cpanel/bin/install_php_inis
None of the above.
/scripts/phpini
/usr/local/cpanel/bin/build_apache_conf
You completed this test on 06/12/2024, 13:48
Your score is 86.67%
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MAC address
Remote API Token
Remote MySQL listening port
xxx Remote SSH port
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
ixxxx Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Encryption
Key constraint
xxxx Locking
Grant
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
xxxx MyISAM
InnoDB
XtraDB
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Locking
Key constraints
xxxx Grants
Encryption
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
xxxx There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
xxxx After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
xxx Manage MySQL® Profiles
Additional MySQL® Hosts
MySQL® Connections
Remote MySQL® Hosts
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
xxx Change a database user's password.
Rename an existing table within a database.
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
24 characters.
10 characters.
xxx 16 characters.
32 characters.
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
JSON
CSV
YAML
xxx SQL
MySQL Profiles can set up what kind of relationship between servers
Many-to-1
Many-to-many
1:1 or Many-to-1
xxx 1-to-1 (1:1) only
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only from one remote client at a time.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
xxxx No remote access is provided by default.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
xxxx Rename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Which of the following columns, found in the WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Show MySQL Processes interface, indicate the actual query being executed by the indicated process?
state
command
xxxx info
query
Test został zrealizowany dnia 05/08/2023, 12:59
Twój wynik to 87.50%
If the Scan outgoing messages for spam and reject based on defined Apache SpamAssassin™ score setting (formerly known as Apache SpamAssassin reject spam score threshold), within the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM, contains a value, at what point during an email transaction is the message actually scanned to enforce this threshold?
Immediately after Exim accepts the message from the origin server.
After forwarders and filters have been processed.
During the SMTP transaction with the message's origin server.
xImmediately before forwarders and filters are processed.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following applications could be described as a daemon that listens on localhost and assigns scores to messages received by the mail server?
xspamd
dovecot
sa-learn
spamc
Which of the following terms is used, particularly in spam-training applications, to describe the opposite of spam, meaning legitimate, solicited messages that are not considered spam?
Blue
Green
Clean
xHam
Which of the following applications can be described as a tool used to batch update Bayesian databases?
sa-checksum
xsa-learn
spamc
fixheaders
Given the following options, which of these indicate one of the paths within which you can find SpamAssassin rulesets stored?
~/.mail/spamd/rules/
/etc/mail/spamassassin
/opt/spamassassin/.spamassassin/
x~/.spamassassin/
Which options must you pass to the sa-learn program if you want it to update the Bayesian database with information from a mailbox?
x--spam/--ham
--dirty/--clean
--yes/--no
--green/--orange
/usr/local/cpanel/3rdparty/bin/sa-learn --spam mail/pets.test/cats/.Junk/new
/usr/local/cpanel/3rdparty/bin/sa-learn --dump magic
/usr/local/cpanel/3rdparty/bin/sa-learn --force-expire --dbpath /home/pets/.spamassassin
rpm -qa | grep -i spamassassin
rpm -e --nodeps cpanel-perl-514-Mail-SpamAssassin
/scripts/check_cpanel_rpms
What does TTL (Time-To-Live) define?
The amount of time in seconds that a zone is cached
Using the zone information shown, what IP address would the following URL resolve to? http://www.cpanel.com
XglsZ0KOq6nVq_7D-Screen%2520Shot%25202020-02-04%2520at%25207.57.34%2520AM.png
208.74.123.68
Using the same DNS Zone, what would the webmail URL resolve to? http://webmail.cpanel.com
208.74.123.58
Based on the image below, what is one of the fields in the Table: pets?
neutered
What term is defined as being a structured set of data?
Database
What term is defined as the core structure of a relational database?
Table
What term is used to define the component that handles the logic on your tables?
Engine
What term is used to define the data structure that allows lookups to be done quickly even on large databases?
Index
Your website's files should be stored within which directory?
The public_html directory
When changes are made in the MultiPHP INI Editor interface, what file are the configuation written into?
php.ini
A subdomain's DNS zone is separate from its parent domains' DNS zone.
False
What follow-up step must be taken after generating a DNSSEC key for a domain?
Configure a DS record with your domain registrar.
Which of the following best describes an Add-on domain?
An alias domain redirecting to a subdomain.
Which of the following numeric redirect types will result in client browser bookmarks being updated to the destination URL?
301
If you don't see "MySQL Disk Usage" in the right hand sidebar of your cPanel account interface, that means you don' t have any databases.
False
In the MySQL® Database interface, you've successfully created a database and a database user. You want the new user to be able to access the new database. What is the next step?
Assign the user to the database in the "MySQL® Databases" interface
If you are planning on renaming your databases, you should make sure and wait until AFTERWARDS to make backups.
false
Which email account is used as the outgoing email address on mail sent by PHP scripts on your account?
The Default Email Account
Email account deletion is permanent, and email data cannot be automatically recovered once deleted.
True
Which of the following 3rd-party applications is used to manage mailing lists, on a cPanel environment?
Mailman
The most effective approach to creating email filters is to combine as many criteria into a single filter as possible, helping to avoid excess amounts of filter entries.
False
Using the "Discard Email" option in a forwarder is the recommended way to handle auto-deletion of emails incoming to a particular address.
False
Which of the following terms is used to describe different sets of changes that exist within repositories?
branches
Without shell access, you cannot utilize Git Version Control's features in the cPanel interface.
false
Which of the following is not in disk usage calculations?
Email Metadata
When establishing FTP connections to an account created in the cPanel FTP Accounts interface, you must use one of the three FTP clients (FileZilla, CoreFTP, and CyberDuck).
False
If the host has not enabled backups on the server that your account exists within, you will not be able to utilize the File & Directory Restoration feature.
True
A shared key is used by which type of user?
Sender
Receiver
*Both
Neither
What kind of key to decrypt does a receiver use to see a sender's data?
*public key
private key
pem key
crt key
A private key is used for performing what action on data?
Decryption
Superencryption
*Encryption
Signcryption
What are the most common third-party validated certificates?
Extended-validation
*Domain-validated
Organization-validated
What is the main benefit of an EV certificate over OV certificates?
The "green bar"with the company name in a browser's address bar.
The additional verification means it is a better certificate.
There is a stronger encryption type used when generating an EV certificate.
*There is no large benefit of an EV certificate over an OV certificate.
A bundle of signed certificates creates what?
*Chain of Trust
Private Key
Chain of Certificates
Public Key
It is OK to send your Private Key via unencrypted methods such as email.
Yes
*No
Which field contains the primary domain name of a certificate?
commonname
Which of the following demonstrates trust in SSL?
a web of trust linking each certificate back to two or more trusted sources
*a chain of signed certificates leading back to an authoritative source
everyone obtaining certificates from a single trusted authority
a chain of unsigned certificates leading back to an authoritative source
When using an Organization Validated Certificate, which of the following statements accurately describes how the browser will indicate this in its address bar?
No notable differences in the address bar are seen.
Green (or blue) bar containing the organization's name.
*Only a padlock indicating a valid SSL certificate.
Green (or blue) containing no organization name.
When you cannot decrypt using the same key you encrypted with, but instead with its unique counterpart, it's referred to as what type of encryption?
Geometric
Linear
*Asymmetric
Two-key
hich of the following are real types of certificates? (Select all that apply)
*Domain Validated
Server Validated
*Extended Validation
Site Validation
Which of the following does a self-signed certificate put you at risk of?
Brute force attacks
Data corruption
Root compromise
*Man-in-the-middle attack
Encryption is
Only used by governments and banks
Any form of data obfuscation
Usually breakable
*Disguising data using mathematical functions
What is SNI?
Server New Initiation
Secure Net Iteration
Salad Night Inspiration
*Server Name Indication
The first time you install a newly signed certificate purchased from a third party, you should install it by
entering the domain name into the domain box on WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate and allow WHM to automatically fill in the rest of the fields.
using the browse button on WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate on a Domain to find the certificate.
*copy/pasting the certificate from the vendor to the certificate box on WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate on a Domain.
entering the dedicated IP address into the IP address box on WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate and allow WHM to automatically fill in the rest of the fields.
True/False: We recommend that you always have the generated certificate, key, and CSR emailed to you to serve as a backup.
*False
True
True/False: A larger key is more secure, but takes more resources to process each new SSL request.
False
*True
When SNI is in use, which items are used to determine which virtual host to return? (Select all that apply)
*requested hostname
*the IP address the client connected to
the certificate name requested by the client
the IP address of the client
How do you remove an SSL certificate from a domain?
"install" a blank certificate over the existing certificate
click on the red X next to the desired domain where they are listed on the page WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate
this cannot be done in WHM
*click on the trash can icon in the Actions column next to the desired domain where they are listed on the page WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage SSL Hosts
At what point does cPanel replace an expiring SSL with a self-signed certificate?
On the date it expires
*The night before
2 days before
It does not do this at all
Which option will force users using the /cpanel, /webmail and /whm URLs to use SSL?
Mail SNI
iOS Push Notification
*Redirection
None of these are correct
Within which of the following cPanel & WHM user interfaces can you manage Domain TLS?
xNone of these.
SSL Storage Manager
Domain TLS Manager
Manage SSL Hosts
Which of the following services are NOT usable with WHM's Service SNI feature?
xxmysql
exim
cpsrvd
dovecot
You can add or remove SNI from the mail services on which page?
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage Mail SSL
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Manage Service SSL Certificates
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage SSL Hosts
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » SSL Storage Manager
xIt's enabled by default on main domains with SSL certificates.
True/False: The Tweak Setting "Require SSL" will redirect proxy subdomain entries to their secure counterparts.
False
xTrue
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following indicates the frequency that AutoSSL polls for pending certificates?
When the maintenance "upcp" cron task is executed nightly.
Every 15 minutes the first day, once a day after that.
Every hour the first 3 days, once a day after that.
Every hour on a randomized minute.
xxEvery 5 minutes the first day, every hour the second day, and once a day after that.
The default provider, cPanel (Powered by Sectigo), can secure how a maximum of how many domains per-certificate (or per-VirtualHost)?
100
50
x1000
350
Which of the following services are NOT usable with WHM's Service SNI feature?
cpsrvd
exim
dovecot
xmysql
Which of the following causes a hostname mismatch warning? (Select all that apply)
xvisiting www.domain.com for a site whose certificate is for domain.com
a key/CRT mismatch
xvisiting a site on a shared IP address that does not have SSL enabled using https://
the wrong date on the client computer
Which of the following causes an insecure content on a secure page warning?
xvisiting a site with some images loaded with http instead of https
installing the wrong certificate on the domain
the wrong date on the client computer
the certificate is expired
Which of the following can cause an expired certificate warning?
visiting a site with some images loaded with HTTP instead of HTTPS
a key/CRT mismatch
xthe wrong date on the client computer
visiting www.domain.com for a site who's certificate is for domain.com
Why might a site look different when viewed with HTTPS rather than with HTTP?
xthe site does not have its own SSL certificate, so Apache displays a different site on that IP address that does have a certificate.
cPanel stores a completely separate site for the secure site, complete with it's own document root
the certificate may be installed on the wrong domain
this can not happen on a cPanel server
Can you guess what that pain point might be?
Too Secure
Acronym too snake-like
No lumbar support
xSSL installation and renewal hassles
True/False: By default, AutoSSL will not change or impact any certificates that were manually installed outside of AutoSSL.
False
xTrue
How often does AutoSSL perform a certificate check, if the age of the certificate request is less than one day?
Once every minute
xOnce every five minutes
Once every day
Once every hour
When a certificate issued by AutoSSL is going to imminently expire, which of the following does AutoSSL do?
xAutomatically replaces them with an updated certificate, when AutoSSL runs its certificate checks.
Writes a warning to the AutoSSL log file (/var/cpanel/logs/autossl), and takes further action.
Take the affected site(s) off-line (into a "standby" mode) until you're able to address the certificate issue
Sends a notification email with a link that allows you to initiate an automatic renewal.
With AutoSSL enabled, what type of certificate are your websites automatically secured with?
Enterprise-Validated (EV)
Organization-Validated (OV)
xDomain-Validated (DV)
Geographically-Validated (GV)
cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following indicates the frequency that AutoSSL polls for pending certificates?
Every hour the first 3 days, once a day after that.
Every hour on a randomized minute.
Every 15 minutes the first day, once a day after that.
When the maintenance "upcp" cron task is executed nightly.
xEvery 5 minutes the first day, every hour the second day, and once a day after that.
Where can you see the next scheduled AutoSSL check time?
In the Pending Queue tab of the Manage AutoSSL interface in WHM
By running /scripts/autossl_schedule --current
xIn the Manage AutoSSL home interface within WHM
On the certificate details, accessed via your browser
How often does AutoSSL perform a certificate check, if the age of the certificate request is less than one day?
Once every hour
Once every minute
Once every day
xOnce every five minutes
Which of the following are parts of a certificate? (Select all that apply)
xkey
certificate of validation
cCA Bundle
cCRT
Which of the following causes a hostname mismatch warning? (Select all that apply)
the wrong date on the client computer
xvisiting www.domain.com for a site whose certificate is for domain.com
xvisiting a site on a shared IP address that does not have SSL enabled using https://
a key/CRT mismatch
Which actions can be performed from the Manage Service SSL Certificates page? (Select all that apply)
xinstall a new certificate on any of the SSL-capable services
install a self-signed certificate for the server's hostname on any of the SSL-capable services
xview the issuer, key size, and expiration data for the certificate installed on any of the SSL-capable services
remove an installed certificate from any of the SSL-capable services
When a certificate issued by AutoSSL is going to imminently expire, which of the following does AutoSSL do?
Writes a warning to the AutoSSL log file (/var/cpanel/logs/autossl), and takes further action.
Sends a notification email with a link that allows you to initiate an automatic renewal.
Take the affected site(s) off-line (into a "standby" mode) until you're able to address the certificate issue
xAutomatically replaces them with an updated certificate, when AutoSSL runs its certificate checks.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, you are able to purchase Extended Validation Certificates through which of the following cPanel Interfaces?
WHM's cPanel Store interface.
xWHM's Purchase and Install an SSL Certificate interface.
WHM's SSL Market interface.
WHM's Purchase an SSL Certificate interface.
When you cannot decrypt using the same key you encrypted with, but instead with its unique counterpart, it's referred to as what type of encryption?
Two-key
Linear
xAsymmetric
Geometric
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following indicates the frequency that AutoSSL polls for pending certificates?
Every hour on a randomized minute.
xvery 5 minutes the first day, every hour the second day, and once a day after that.
When the maintenance "upcp" cron task is executed nightly.
Every hour the first 3 days, once a day after that.
Every 15 minutes the first day, once a day after that.
When SNI is in use, which items are used to determine which virtual host to return? (Select all that apply)
xrequested hostname
xthe IP address the client connected to
the certificate name requested by the client
the IP address of the client
Which of the following can cause an expired certificate warning?
a key/CRT mismatch
xthe wrong date on the client computer
visiting a site with some images loaded with HTTP instead of HTTPS
visiting www.domain.com for a site who's certificate is for domain.com
The most common cause of the self-signed warning is
installing the wrong certificate on the domain
the certificate is expired
a key/CRT mismatch
xIt is a self-signed certificate
Which of the following does a self-signed certificate put you at risk of?
xMan-in-the-middle attack
Root compromise
Data corruption
Brute force attacks
Where can you see the next scheduled AutoSSL check time?
xIn the Manage AutoSSL home interface within WHM
On the certificate details, accessed via your browser
By running /scripts/autossl_schedule --current
In the Pending Queue tab of the Manage AutoSSL interface in WHM
This image, shown below, from a browser's address bar represents which of the following types of certificate validation?
Domain Validation
xExtended Validation
Organization Validation
Personal Validation
With AutoSSL enabled, what type of certificate are your websites automatically secured with?
Geographically-Validated (GV)
Organization-Validated (OV)
xDomain-Validated (DV)
Enterprise-Validated (EV)
In computing terms, a service is:
any software that helps a user accomplish a task
the ability to make a phone call and talk to someone
software that runs on regularly scheduled intervals to take care of maintenance tasks
xsoftware that runs in the background and provides specific functionality
Why might a site look different when viewed with HTTPS rather than with HTTP?
the certificate may be installed on the wrong domain
cPanel stores a completely separate site for the secure site, complete with it's own document root
xthe site does not have its own SSL certificate, so Apache displays a different site on that IP address that does have a certificate.
this can not happen on a cPanel server
How do you remove an SSL certificate from a domain?
this cannot be done in WHM
xclick on the trash can icon in the Actions column next to the desired domain where they are listed on the page WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage SSL Hosts
"install" a blank certificate over the existing certificate
click on the red X next to the desired domain where they are listed on the page WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Install an SSL Certificate
When do SSL-capable services have self-signed certificates automatically installed? (Select all that apply)
xduring the initial installation of cPanel & WHM
xthe night before the certificate expires
when cPanel & WHM detect that the key does not match the certficate
when cPanel & WHM detect that the installed certificate does not have the correct CA Bundle installed
Encryption is
Usually breakable
xDisguising data using mathematical functions
Only used by governments and banks
Any form of data obfuscation
Which services are SSL-capable? (Select all that apply)
xwebmail
telnet
xWebDisk
xFTP
Less severe issues with an SSL certificate are found by "clicking on the broke..." , while more serious errors prevent you from "visiting the page"
Which of the following causes an insecure content on a secure page warning?
the certificate is expired
xvisiting a site with some images loaded with http instead of https
installing the wrong certificate on the domain
the wrong date on the client computer
In computing terms, the "root" of something is:
trusted
in between two items
the last of something
xthe start of something
The Tweak Setting "Always Redirect to SSL" redirects which method of logging in?
proxy subdomains
access via the proper port (2086 for WHM, 2095 for Webmail, etc)
x/cpanel, /webmail, /whm URLs
all of the these
True/False: We recommend that you always have the generated certificate, key, and CSR emailed to you to serve as a backup.
xFalse
True
Which of the following does a web client check when receiving a certificate from a webserver? (Select all that apply)
xthe connected hostname is covered by the certificate
xthe certificate was issued by an authority that the browser trusts
a shared secret was sent
xthe expiration date is after the current date
Which of the following demonstrates trust in SSL?
everyone obtaining certificates from a single trusted authority
a web of trust linking each certificate back to two or more trusted sources
xa chain of signed certificates leading back to an authoritative source
a chain of unsigned certificates leading back to an authoritative source
Which of the following are real types of certificates? (Select all that apply)
Server Validated
Site Validation
xExtended Validation
xDomain Validated
You can add or remove SNI from the mail services on which page?
xIt's enabled by default on main domains with SSL certificates.
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Manage Service SSL Certificates
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » SSL Storage Manager
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage SSL Hosts
WHM Home » SSL/TLS » Manage Mail SSL
Which of the following services are not monitored by cPHulk?
HTTP
What is the default time value (in minutes) for which username-based access attempt restrictions are in place?
5
True/False: You can enable/disable cPHulk during the Initial Setup Wizard after a fresh cPanel & WHM installation.
True
False
cPHulk allows you to set blocks to which of the following durations? (Select all that apply.)
An arbitrary number of minutes
An arbitrary number of hours
*One week
*One day
Which of the following options exist on the Configuration Settings tab within the WHM Home » Security Center » cPHulk Brute Force Protection interface in WHM?
Minimum Failures by IP Address
All of these
One-week Blocks
*Notifications
Flush Blacklists
None of these
What does cPHulk access to determine whether a login attempt is a brute force attack or not?
cpsrvd
*PAM
BLT
None of these
authd
All of these
When a WHM login fails because cPHulk has blocked access, what do you see?
"cPHulk has blocked access" in a red banner above the login box
You are taken to a page with a cpatcha and the notification that cPHulk requires proof that you are a real person
*"The login is invalid" in a red banner above the login box
You are taken to a page with a red background and the words "Permission Denied"
Which of the following would be a reason to use the Mail profile?
There is no reason to use it.
This isn't even an option.
xTo help distribute the load for your server.
To prevent spam.
Which of the following services will always be disabled when using the Mail profile?
xhttpd
mysql
postgresql
xftpd
xproftpd
xpureftp
What is the URL clients should use to access webmail?
xhttps://webmail.example.com/
https://example.com:2096
Webmail is not accessible
https://webmail.com/
What is the recommended method of dedistributing an account?
Force Dedistribute Accounts
xModify Account
Manage Distributed Accounts
Terminate Account
When is it recommended to make changes to the hostname of a linked node in the Link Server Nodes interface?
If you want to update the hostname of the child node to something different.
xOnly to ensure it matches the current child node's hostname.
Never.
It's okay to make these changes whenever you want to.
Which of the following statements is true?
You can only have a single parent and a single child node linked.
xYou can have multiple child nodes, but only 1 child per functionality per account.
You can have multiple child nodes, with no restrictions.
You can have multiple parent nodes for each child node.
What interface allows you to link a child node to a parent node?
Create an Account
Modify Account
xLink Server Nodes
You can only do this via SSH
What happens if the IMAP/POP3/SMTP traffic does not automatically route to the child node?
That traffic will always route to the child node.
xThe parent server creates proxy IMAP and POP3 connections to the child node, and reroute SMTP mail delivery to the child node.
The user will have to manually move emails from the parent node to the child node.
Those emails are lost forever
Which of the following does not happen when you distribute an account to a mail node?
xLocal mail is retained on the parent node perpetually.
Dovecot is taught authentication to proxy mail connections.
The mail is synchronized from the parent to the child node.
Manual MX entries are set on the parent node.
Enabling a Server Profile other than Standard Node will perform which of the following tasks?
Nothing; Server Profiles are just a way to designate the main functionality of a particular server.
Email all users on the server that the change has occurred.
xHide interfaces and block API functions that are not permitted with the chosen Profile.
Automatically upgrade/downgrade the server's cPanel license accordingly.
A child node can use what version of cPanel compared to the parent node?
xThe child node can use the same or newer version of cPanel that the parent node uses.
Either server can run any version greater than v94 which is when Linked and Mail Nodes were fully supported.
They can continue to stay linked as long as they are updated to the same version within 12 hours.
The child node can use the same or earlier version of cPanel that the parent node uses.
Which of the following services are disabled by default (include any optional services)?
cpdavd
imap
cpanel_dovecot_solr
mailman
cpgreylistd
xpostgresql
xpureftp
xproftpd
xmysql
xftpd
xspamd
xhttpd
How should users access their webmail?
http://example.com:2096/
xhttp://webmail.example.com/
Through the cPanel Email Accounts on the child node
There is no Webmail access
What must you update the CNAME mail record to if you are manually editing the Zone Templates?
mail IN CNAME %mail_domain%
mail IN CNAME %domain%
mail IN CNAME %FQN%
xmail IN CNAME %maildomain%
Which of the following is not a benefit to using Mail Node?
xNo more spam email.
Freed resources, allowing for faster website response times.
Improved User Management.
Increased security due to reducing the ability to attack everything on one server.
Which of the following does not apply to Mail Node servers?
If you manually edit the zone template, then you must update the CNAME mail record.
You must manually update system settings.
xSystem and user configurations propagate from the child to the parent node.
Backups must be performed for linked cPanel accounts on the parent node.
What is the recommended method of dedistributing an account?
Manage Distributed Accounts
Force Dedistribute Accounts
Terminate Account
xModify Account
Is there downtime when offloading mail from a parent node to a child node?
No, the mail will continue to exist on both the parent and the child node.
Yes, depending on the amount of email the server needs to offload.
xNo, the automatic process will only delete email from the parent node after the child node has finished receiving all the mail.
Yes, at least 1 hour of downtime.
What can a user do if they want to separate the quota between the Mail Node and the Parent Node?
xNothing, the quota on the mail node will always be calculated along with the rest of the parent node's quota.
There is a setting in the parent node's Link Server Nodes interface where you can force the quotas to count separately.
There is a setting on the child node in Modify an Account that allows for this.
This automatically occurs.
Select all server roles that are available for Mail Node (including optional roles):
xLocal Mail
xRelay Mail
Web Disk
xSpam Filter
File Storage
Web Server
FTP
xMySQL/MariaDB
xCalendars and Contacts
xWebmail
xDNS
xSend Mail
xPostgreSQL
xReceive Mail
When should you use the Managing Distribute Accounts feature within Link Server Nodes?
This is not an existing feature at all.
Never, this feature does not function.
Whenever you want to dedistribute an account.
xOnly in an emergency situation, such as if the child node is permanently down.
If a parent node is on v96, which of the following versions (select all that apply) can the child node be on?
xv96
v94
v76
xv98
Match the terms to ther definition:
Distributed Account - An account that exists on two or more linked nodes.
Server Profile - A collection of roles that allows you to optimize a server to perform a specific task or function.
Dedistribution - The process of moving some or all of an account from a child node, back to the parent.
Parent Node - The authoritative linked node, the one that assigns the tasks.
Child Node - The non-authoritative linked node that receives tasks.
Linked Node - A fully licensed cPanel server, or node, that a server administrator designates to either assign or receive tasks from another node.
Server Roles - A collection of services that provide specific server functionality.
Which of the following is a reason to use the Mail Profile?
xTo help distribute the load for your server.
There is no reason to use it.
This isn't even an option.
To prevent spam.
Which of the following does not apply to Mail Node servers?
You must manually update system settings.
Backups must be performed for linked cPanel accounts on the parent node.
If you manually edit the zone template, then you must update the CNAME mail record.
xSystem and user configurations propagate from the child to the parent node.
Which of the following best describes Regex or Regular Expressions?
A string of text used to describe a log entry in ModSecurity's logs.
A string of text used to describe a standard phrase or sentence.
xA string of text used to describe a pattern match.
A string of text used to describe a phase of ModSecurity's request-handling.
Place the phases into their correct order by dragging the items on the right into the appropriate phase on the left, using the interface shown below.
Phase 1 Request Header
Phase 2 Request Body
Phase 3 Response Header
Phase 4 Response Body
Phase 5 Logging
Match each description on the right-hand column with the appropriate vulnerability or protection provided by OWASP on the left-hand column.
ZB35F83EfbsOxWCi-linux-training-in-pune.gif
HTTP Protection - Identifies requests or attempts that violate the HTTP protocol.
Automation detection - Identifies malicious automated operations like bots, crawlers, and scanners.
Common Web Attack Protection - Identifies attempts to exploit common security holes in major applications.
Trojan Protection - Identifies attempts to connect to Trojans on your server.
Error Hiding - Identifies and prevents "disguised" application errors delivered by your server.
In the negative Security Model, ModSecurity seeks out malicious traffic to filter from the entirety of incoming requests.
źle Match each ModSecurity rule action category with its name.
Disruptive
Primarily used to hold notes or additional details of some kind, and do not interfere or act on the connection being processed.
Meta-data
ModSecurity engine acts on the item, whether that be to allow, refuse, or otherwise alter a transaction.
Flow
A change in the progression of rule processing. An example of this might be a rule that instructs ModSecurity to skip to another rule.
Data
An action is taken, however it is prevented from interrupting or affecting the processing of rules. This might be something like modifying the value of a variable, or creating a new variable.
Non-disruptive
Analyzes specifically the meta-data values of the item, which are id, msg, URI, and data, which provides a data fragment for analysis.
Put the ModSecurity HTTP transaction phases in the correct order:
HTTP Header Request
HTTP Body Request
HTTP Header Response
HTTP Body Response
Logging
After a fresh installation of cPanel & WHM, what is the initial state of the OWASP Vendor entry?
xAvailable, but not installed.
Available and pre-installed.
Unavailable, but downloadable.
Unavailable and unsupported.
Which of the following actions can be taken from the primary ModSecurity Vendors home interface?
xDisable automatic ruleset updates for a vendor.
Disable individual rules within a vendor's installed ruleset.
Disable automatic alerts for a vendor.
Disable ModSecurity on specific domains.
What does it mean when a hit entry has a blank value in the Hosts column of the Hits List interface?
This hit did not invoke a rule in which the host is relevant.
This hit did not contain a fully-qualified hostname.
xThis hit did not originate from outside the server.
This hit is a false positive and should be ignored.
Who or what affects and/or changes the Staging value of a particular rule?
The server administrator
xThe ruleset vendor.
The Staging toggle found in the ModSecurity Configuration interface.
The last hit that encountered this rule.
The ModSecurity-related interfaces can be found within the "Security center" section of the WHM interface.
The Audit Log Level setting can be modified by navigating to the "modsecurity configuration" section of the WHM interface.
By default, is ModSecurity rules processing enabled, disabled, or not configured?
enabled.
xdisabled.
not configured.
Each row or entry in a table must include which of the following components?
User ID
Authentication Token
*Unique Key
Binary Object
What is defined as a special data structure that makes lookups on large tables faster?
index
Which storage engine is the default currently used on cPanel & WHM installations?
innodb
Which table engine supports row-level locking?
innodb
In a database's folder within the data directory, you see a number of files with MYD and MYI extensions. What table engine is being used for the tables represented by these files?
myisam
Do you remember the full, default data directory path for a MySQL/MariaDB installation on a cPanel & WHM environment?
/var/lib/mysql
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
*MyISAM
XtraDB
InnoDB
Which of the following MySQL/MariaDB-related terms describe a data structure that improves operations' speed in a table accurately?
Constraint
*Index
Transaction
Buffer pool
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
*InnoDB
Aria
XtraDB
MyISAM
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
*InnoDB
MyISAM
Aria
XtraDB
Which of the following terms can be described as the way that permissions are handled inside a MySQL or MariaDB database?
Key constraints
*Grants
Locking
Encryption
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
JSON
YAML
CSV
*SQL
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
*A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
When a user's quota has been reached, what happens to their ability to write to databases?
It becomes locked, preventing them performing any new writes to their databases.
It becomes throttled, allowing them only to perform a set number of writes per minute.
*They are able to continue writing to their databases without restrictions.
All access, read or write, is restricted on that user's databases.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
*Rename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
*SQL
JSON
CSV
YAML
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
*Primarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
WHM contains an interface feature that allows you to attempt an automatic repair on which of the following types of tables?
*MyISAM
InnoDB
Any type of table can be repaired.
Database repairs can only be performed from the command-line.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Type
Category
*Field
Entry
Ananya has a website that writes data into a MySQL database. She has exceeded the quota set for her cPanel account by the WHM server administrator due to being mail-bombed. What impact will this have on her website?
The database becomes corrupted, bringing both the MySQL/MariaDB service and the website offline.
Requests to the website from remote clients will return a 500 internal server error until the issue is resolved.
*It continues operating normally and no production impact is seen.
The website renders normally, but will display an error any time that database writes are required.
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
*16 characters.
10 characters.
32 characters.
24 characters.
Which of the following types of tables can you repair using the Repair a MySQL Database interface, found in WHM?
XtraDB
InnoDB
*MyISAM
None from within WHM; all MySQL table repairs must be completed from the command-line interface.
Which of the following actions occur when a user navigates to the Remote MySQL or MySQL Databases interfaces in a cPanel user-level interface?
A quota check is performed and access to these pages will be restricted if the quota has been exceeded.
*Grants are retroactively implemented for any new grants that have been added on the system by the administrator.
A special hook is executed to track usage statistics on these two pages to be emailed to the system administrator as a usage report.
A cron job is executed to perform standard maintenance tasks on all of the user's database tables.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
*When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MAC address
Remote API Token
*Remote SSH port
Remote MySQL listening port
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
*A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
3
4
*1
2
o
Given the following options, which accurately describe a feature specific to the MyISAM storage engine?
MyISAM utilizes transaction logs to assist in crash recovery, in the event that MySQL unexpectedly quits during normal operations.
MyISAM is the only storage engine that implements the information_schema table, useful for querying detailed MySQL system information and gathering statistics.
MyISAM implements the data dictionary to ensure that the stored data remains consistent.
*MyISAM has repair capabilities that allow you to perform the REPAIR query, either directly or from the WHM interface, on tables that may have corrupted data or indexes.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Remote MySQL® Hosts
*Manage MySQL® Profiles
MySQL® Connections
Additional MySQL® Hosts
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
*After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
What is the minimum version of MySQL that can be running on a remote server, in order for it to be used in a Remote MySQL Profile?
5.6
*5.5
5.1
5.0
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
*Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
*No remote access is provided by default.
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Running a REPAIR TABLE query, or performing repairs via the "Repair a MySQL Database" interface in WHM, will only have an effect on which of the two previously referenced table storage engines?
myisam
Which of the following MySQL storage engines is the native default (native to MySQL - not necessarily in cPanel & WHM) engine used by MySQL versions 5.5.5 and above?
*InnoDB
MyISAM
Aria
XtraDB
Using the Manage MySQL Profiles interface in WHM, what is the recommended maximum number of cPanel & WHM servers should be connected to each configured remote MySQL server?
3
4
2
*1
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
*Primarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
Additional MySQL® Hosts
MySQL® Connections
*Manage MySQL® Profiles
Remote MySQL® Hosts
When using a cPanel & WHM environment, remote MySQL capabilities should be set up via the MySQL Profiles interface in WHM at which of the following stages of a server's operations?
*After installation, but before beginning to create production accounts on the server.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 3 months.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in production for at least 30 days.
After production accounts have been created, and the server has been in active production for at least 3 days.
Which of the following actions can you perform directly from within the WHM interface, without using phpMyAdmin?
Change individual privileges on a specific database user.
Change a table's foreign key constraints.
Rename an existing table within a database.
*Change a database user's password.
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
Failing to perform an MySQL index flush procedure via the information schema before beginning the upgrade.
A set of heavily customized httpd VirtualHost templates are in use on the server.
Leaving the MySQL daemon's listening port open during the upgrade.
*The my.cnf file contains a number of non-default customizations that have not been verified prior to upgrading.
WHM contains an interface feature that allows you to attempt an automatic repair on which of the following types of tables?
Any type of table can be repaired.
*MyISAM
Database repairs can only be performed from the command-line.
InnoDB
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
*A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
What language is used to add, remove, and view data in a MySQL/MariaDB database?
CSV
*SQL
YAML
JSON
Which of the following options describes the best way to import a SQL dump into a PostgreSQL databases via the WHM interface?
*There are no features in WHM that provide this capability; it must be performed from the command-line.
Using WHM's MySQL/MariaDB Upgrade interface.
Using WHM's Configure PostgreSQL interface.
Using WHM's PostgreSQL Import interface.
What is the minimum version of MySQL that can be running on a remote server, in order for it to be used in a Remote MySQL Profile?
5.6
5.0
*5.5
5.1
Which of the following options indicate the correct number of characters that a MySQL 4.1 password contains before being updated to the current standard of 41 character-hashes?”
24 characters.
10 characters.
32 characters.
*16 characters.
Which of the following is a term that indicates a trait of the object described by the table, or can be otherwise referenced as a table column?
Entry
Category
*Field
Type
Which of the following options describes an actual benefit of utilizing remote MySQL capabilities using the MySQL Profiles feature in WHM?
*Remote MySQL servers can reduce load on the WHM Server.
Remote MySQL servers can provide significant improvements to Ruby applications hosted on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers can increase security on the WHM server.
Remote MySQL servers allow you to uninstall MySQL on the WHM server, to reduce disk usage.
Which of the following details about the remote server would you need to know, if you wanted to set up a new remote MySQL profile in WHM?
Remote MySQL listening port
*Remote SSH port
Remote API Token
Remote MAC address
Which of the following definitions best describes InnoDB's data dictionary component?
An index of terms used to populate locale data used to construct output returned by standard SQL queries.
A version of the InnoDB storage engine optimized for "dictionary-style" lookups.
A core component of the MySQL/MariaDB authentication handling mechanisms.
*A part of the InnoDB storage engine that uses metadata to map structural information to the file it’s stored in.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following MySQL storage engines is set as the default?
*InnoDB
MyISAM
XtraDB
Aria
Which of the following is one of the most common causes of MySQL upgrade failures?
*The my.cnf file contains a number of non-default customizations that have not been verified prior to upgrading.
Failing to perform an MySQL index flush procedure via the information schema before beginning the upgrade.
A set of heavily customized httpd VirtualHost templates are in use on the server.
Leaving the MySQL daemon's listening port open during the upgrade.
In modern versions of cPanel & WHM, what benefits can database prefixing, enabled from the SQL tab of the Tweak Settings interface in WHM, provide?
Database prefixing is needed to ensure that databases can be properly mapped to the appropriate cPanel account, establishing database ownership.
*Primarily cosmetic; helps server administrators identify database ownership, as well as providing auto-grouping in the phpMyAdmin interface.
Database prefixing allows you to configure a set of ModSecurity rules that specifically assist in the protection of web applications that utilize MySQL databases in their operations.
Database prefixing provides MySQL performance improvements due to improved indexing, allowing data traversal to quickly locate the requested information by ruling out unassociated databases.
The WHM Home >> SQL Services >> Manage Database Users interface in WHM can be used for which of the following purposes?
*Rename existing database users.
Modify user access to remote MySQL servers.
Change password strength requirements for MySQL users.
Remap databases to other accounts.
Which of the following WHM interfaces would you use to configure a cPanel & WHM server to utilize a remote MySQL® server environment to handle its database operations?
MySQL® Connections
Additional MySQL® Hosts
Remote MySQL® Hosts
*Manage MySQL® Profiles
WHM contains an interface feature that allows you to attempt an automatic repair on which of the following types of tables?
Database repairs can only be performed from the command-line.
InnoDB
Any type of table can be repaired.
*MyISAM
By default, what kind of remote MySQL access is allowed, given the correct user and password?
Only by a pre-populated list of cPanel IP addresses.
*No remote access is provided by default.
Remote access is granted from any client by default.
Only from one remote client at a time.
Which of the following database-related terms defines marking a table or row so that only one process can access it a time?”
Grant
Encryption
*Locking
Key constraint
Ananya has a website that writes data into a MySQL database. She has exceeded the quota set for her cPanel account by the WHM server administrator due to being mail-bombed. What impact will this have on her website?
The website renders normally, but will display an error any time that database writes are required.
*It continues operating normally and no production impact is seen.
Requests to the website from remote clients will return a 500 internal server error until the issue is resolved.
The database becomes corrupted, bringing both the MySQL/MariaDB service and the website offline.
Which of the following best describes the MySQL root password's role in a cPanel & WHM environment?”
A password that the server administrator should provide to its users for standard MySQL access.
A password that the server administrator should memorize for frequent use in accessing MySQL.
*A password that is primarily handled via automated means by cPanel & WHM back-end services and can be reset as needed.
A password that should be set to match the same as the server's root password, so that services can synchronize authentication.
Given the options below, which of these accurately indicate a point during WHM user interactions, which triggers the system to create grants for all pre-existing cPanel accounts, is based on the configurations set within the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface?
These are only created from the individual cPanel account interfaces, and cannot be applied within WHM.
When the user restarts the MySQL service after making changes in the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface.
*When the user clicks the link at the bottom of the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface labeled "click here".
When the user reloads the Additional MySQL Access Hosts interface for the first time, after making changes.
What type of server allows you to take an easy-to-remember domain and return its associated IP address.
Nameserver
A nameserver's cache is updated periodically, and if changes are noticed on a domain's ________ number, the new information will be updated into that cache.
serial
The primary purpose of the ____ record is for determining the appropriate mail server(s) to use based on the domain found in an email address.
MX
Which of the following options best describes the term recursive, in the context of DNS?
*A recursive nameserver can resolve non-local domains.
A recursive lookup means that a routing loop has been created.
A recursive nameserver is a root nameserver.
A recursive lookup means that there are too many hops and the domain cannot be resolved.
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
*The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Only the second record is used.
The records are concatenated.
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
*A nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
A root nameserver.
Which of the following options best describes the behavior that occurs when a zone contains no MX records?
You cannot send mail to the domain.
The zone is considered invalid.
You cannot send mail from the domain.
*The A record is used to determine where mail should be sent.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
*To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
What happens when a domain with two NS records in its zone is queried for its NS records?
One record is randomly returned each time.
Only the first record is returned.
The zone is considered invalid.
*Both records are returned.
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
None of these.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
*Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that a reseller creates?
*WHM Home >> Resellers >> Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges
WHM Home >> Reseller Center >> Basic Reseller Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
*WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
Use your server's primary IP address.
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
*Your hosting provider or data center.
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
*WHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
*Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
None of these.
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
The records are concatenated.
Only the second record is used.
*The zone is considered invalid.
One record is randomly selected each time.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
*To determine where to send mail for a domain.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
For an SPF record to go live the ~all tag must be changed to...
-all
Match the IP address with its proper PTR record.
111.222.33.44
33.222.111.in-addr.arpa
57.256.58.21
58.256.57.in-addr.arpa
204.11.256.40
256.11.204.in-addr.arpa
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
*WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
BIND/named
MyDNS
*PowerDNS
NSD
SPF and DKIM are resource records that help reduce which of the following?
Messages from RBL-listed servers.
DNS cache poisoning.
Mail bomb attacks.
*Spoofing and unauthorized senders.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
*0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
ithin which of the following WHM interfaces can you globally enable DKIM and SPF for all accounts?
DNS Functions >> Edit DNS Zone
*DNS Functions >> Enable DKIM/SPF Globally
Service Configuration >> Exim Configuration Manager
Security >> Mail & DNS Security Manager
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
Pending mode (non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
*"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
Development mode (non-production)
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
*dig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following statements most accurately describes the term clustering, in the context of a server hosting environment?
Clustering is one server that provides a variety of different services that all work together to serve content.
Installation of multiple instances of the same service software on one server, allowing multiple configurations to exist in the same environment.
*Two or more servers that all serve the same purpose configured in a distributed, connected environment.
One server that has a number of virtualized server environments within it, all serving their own content independently.
Which of the following options most accurately describes the interface or interfaces that you would utilize to create reverse DNS zones from within WHM?
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » RDNS Zone Wizard, and then follow the automated prompts.
*WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add a DNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
WHM Home » DNS Zone Manager » Add an RDNS Zone, and then WHM Home » DNS Functions » Edit RDNS Zone.
This cannot be done in WHM.
The NAT process takes your private IP and turns it...
public
If, because of incorrect customization, you cannot edit a zone in the WHM editor, which of the following WHM interfaces can you use to re-apply the zone template and remove any customizations?
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit DNS Zone.
You must correct the zone from the command line, using utilities provided by the bind-utils package.
*WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit MX Entry.
When you use the supported 1:1 NAT setup in WHM, the List Accounts interface in WHM will display which of the following values in each accounts' listed IP address column?
*The public IP address.
The private IP address.
Both the public and private IP addresses.
A warning message about a NAT configuration existing on the server.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you globally enable DKIM and SPF for all accounts?
DNS Functions >> Edit DNS Zone
*DNS Functions >> Enable DKIM/SPF Globally
Security >> Mail & DNS Security Manager
Service Configuration >> Exim Configuration Manager
Which of the following has the major weakness of having a considerably extended initial zone loading time, if the server contains a very large quantity of zones?
PowerDNS
*BIND/named
MyDNS
NSD
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that a reseller creates?
*WHM Home >> Resellers >> Edit Reseller Nameservers and Privileges
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers
WHM Home >> Reseller Center >> Basic Reseller Setup
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Update whois information.
*Change an MX record.
Register a domain.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you be able to add SPF and DKIM records to an account?
WHM Home >> Mail >> Account Security
WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Enable SPF/DKIM
WHM Home >> Mail >> SPF & DKIM
*WHM Home >> Account Functions >> Modify an Account
In what mode does cPanel create SPF records by default?
*"Soft fail" mode (production or non-production)
"Hard fail" mode (production)
Development mode (non-production)
Pending mode (non-production)
What is the main benefit of DNS clustering?
*Redundancy in case of outages or other issues
Backing up website data
Ensuring your server domains show up in google searches
DNS Clusters require what kind of relationship between servers?
root trust
What is the preferred scheme for setting up your DNS clusters?
WHM server to WHM server
*WHM to DNS Only servers
DNS Only to DNS Only servers
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
*WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
cPanel offers a DNSOnly installation specifically for using a standard cPanel & WHM environment in a DNS cluster configuration. Which of the following is the standard license cost associated with DNSOnly?”
$35
$20
*Free.
$15
Which of the following best describes one of the primary, intended purposes of a DNSOnly server?
Providing a means of establishing DNS redundancy in a cluster configuration.
Assisting with the distribution of the workload involved with serving website content.
Testing DNS configurations before using them in production.
Specifically handling the processing of SPF and DKIM verification.
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in WHM can be best described as the copying of one updated zone file to the current server, based on the value you provide as the domain you wish to synchronize?
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
*Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
MyDNS
BIND/named
NSD
*PowerDNS
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
*Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
*A nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
A root nameserver.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you perform a graceful restart of the nameserver software?
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Restart Nameserver
*WHM Home >> Restart Services >> DNS Server
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Restart Nameserver
Which of the following most accurately describes what happens when a zone contains two CNAME records with the same name?
One record is randomly selected each time.
The records are concatenated.
*The zone is considered invalid.
Only the second record is used.
Yudith manages a small web hosting company and has accidentally deleted a zone belonging to a cPanel account. The deleted zone did not contain any custom records.
Which of the following interfaces in WHM should she use to recreate the zone?
WHM » DNS Functions » Reset a DNS Zone.
WHM » DNS Functions » Edit a DNS Zone.
*WHM » DNS Functions » Add a DNS Zone.
This can only be done from the command line.
Which of the following can be described as having the following major strengths?
Very high performance.
Low memory footprint.
*PowerDNS
NSD
BIND/named
MyDNS
After installing cPanel & WHM in a new environment, what is the initial, default state of DNS clustering?
DNS clustering is initially enabled and can be manually disabled.
DNS clustering is initially disabled and requires validation of a secondary server before allowing you to enable it.
*DNS clustering is initially disabled and must be manually enabled.
DNS clustering is initially enabled but configuration is not possible until a DNSOnly server is established and validated.
Which of the following options indicates what the abbreviation TTL stands for, in the context of DNS?
None of these.
*Time To Live; indicating how long a resource record should be cached.
Total Time Listing; the internal database that determines how often a zone should be reloaded.
Time unTil Live; indicating the remaining time until changes are live.
Which of the following options accurately indicate a task that can be performed from within the WHM interface?
Update whois information.
*Change an MX record.
None of these operations can be performed from within WHM.
Register a domain.
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in the WHM interface can be accurately described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files from other servers in the cluster to this server?
*Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Which of the following query returns the IP addresses of the nameservers for the IP address 10.9.8.7?
dig -x 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
*dig +nssearch 8.9.10.in-addr.arpa
dig +nssearch 10.9.8.in-addr.arpa
dig -x 10.9.8.7
Which of the following has the major weakness of having a considerably extended initial zone loading time, if the server contains a very large quantity of zones?
PowerDNS
NSD
*BIND/named
MyDNS
cPanel offers a DNSOnly installation specifically for using a standard cPanel & WHM environment in a DNS cluster configuration. Which of the following is the standard license cost associated with DNSOnly?”
*Free.
$15
$20
$35
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you select the nameserver software that you wish to use?
*WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Nameserver Selection
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Nameserver Configuration
WHM Home >> Software >> Nameserver Software Setup
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> DNS Server Manager
Which of the following types of DNS cluster synchronization found in WHM can be best described as the copying of one updated zone file to the current server, based on the value you provide as the domain you wish to synchronize?
*Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
Which of the following described situations would utilize DNS resolution as a key component of its handling?
To query any port's listening state on a remote server.
To determine WHOIS information for a domain.
To access the WHM interface by its IP address.
*To determine where to send mail for a domain.
Which of the following statements best describes the term resolver?
A top-level domain (.com, .org, etc) nameserver.
A root nameserver.
A nameserver that can only resolve local domains.
*A nameserver that can resolve non-local domains.
To add a PTR record that points the IP address 192.168.0.4 to mail.example.com, which zone would you modify?
*0.168.192.in-addr.arpa
com.example.mail
example.com
192.168.0.in-addr.arpa
Which of the following DNS clustering synchronization types, found in the WHM interface, can be best described as the copying of all updated versions of local zone files to all servers in the cluster?
Synchronize one zone to this server only.
Synchronize all zones to this server only.
*Synchronize all zones to all servers.
Synchronize one zone to all servers.
In which of the following WHM interfaces would you enter the default nameservers for accounts that root creates?
WHM Home >> DNS Services >> Configure Default Nameservers.
You cannot perform this operation in WHM.
WHM Home >> Service Configuration >> Configure Default Nameservers.
*WHM Home >> Server Configuration >> Basic WebHost Manager Setup
Given the following options, which indicates the ideal source from which you should obtain your server's resolver IP addresses?
Google’s open DNS resolvers.
*Your hosting provider or data center.
You must have additional IPs added to your server to be resolver IP addresses.
Use your server's primary IP address.
As a WHM administrator, you receive the following email alert:
The hostname server.example.com resolves to the 10.0.2.5 IP address. It should resolve to the 10.0.3.5 IP address.
What is the most likely scenario to have caused this notification to be sent?
The hostname does not have a GLUE record.
*The hostname does not point to the main IP address on the server.
The hostname does not exist in the /etc/hosts file.
The hostname does not have a PTR record.
hanges to the process handling for the authentication daemon can be made in the WHM >> Service Configuration >> ___________________ interface.
(Provide the missing interface item below)
Mailserver Configuration
Current installations of cPanel & WHM provide two mail directory storage format options. One of them is Maildir. What's the second option?
mdbox
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
*WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
Which of the following options best describes the term email reputation?
*It is a calculation of the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from the same server.
It is another name for the score that SpamAssassin gives to each email.
It is the accumulated average of SpamAssassin scores for messages received by a server.
It is a calculation on the likelihood of a message being spam based on other messages sent from that email address.
Which of the following methods best indicate the recommended approach for backing up, restoring or resetting the system's Exim configuration?
*Use the corresponding functions found within the Exim Configuration Manager interface, in WHM.
Use the command-line interface and use the appropriate cPanel-provided "exim_" script found under the /scripts folder.
Use the phpMyAdmin interface and perform the corresponding operation on the "exim_config" table, found in the "cpanel" database.
Use the command-line interface and either copy the existing exim.conf file, or restore/reset a backup exim.conf directly, then restart the service.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Trusted Mail Users
*Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Trusted SMTP Hosts
You can use the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor to configure Exim to deliver mail without scanning messages based on which of the following criteria?
When the message is from a particular email address.
When the message is under a certain size.
When the message contains a CC or BCC address.
*When the message is over a certain size.
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
*To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
What is the name of the SpamAssassin daemon process?
Provide only the precise name of the process itself, without paths or arguments.
spamd
In which WHM interface can you enable or disable dormant mode for the spamd daemon process?
Tweak Settings interface
Provide the missing term in the following statement:
Spam typically has high failure and ________ rates.
deferred
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
*To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
The server's root mail contact.
The email's recipient.
*The email's sender.
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
*The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
Justine's boss just told her that the authentication daemon for the mail server is broken. Which of the following options best indicates the component of the mail system that is affected by this?
The component that sends mail to other servers.
The component that scans mail to determine its spam score.
*The component that validates user credentials.
The component that routes local mail files into the appropriate folder.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
*Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Which of the following options describe an actual value that can be adjusted within the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration interface?
Controlling whether monitoring of the Dovecot service is enabled or disabled.
Controlling the time and frequency of system updates to the Dovecot software.
None of these options are found on the Mailserver Configuration interface.
*Controlling the maximum and spare quantities of authentication daemon processes.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
*Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
In which WHM interface can you configure the forwarders for the root, cPanel, and nobody mail accounts?
WHM Home » Server Contacts » Contact Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Editor
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Mailserver Configuration
*WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
*The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon process.
Which of the following Mail interfaces in WHM can provide you with a historical snapshot of the mail queue?
Mail Queue Manager
*Mail Delivery Reports
Mail Delivery Status
Mail Queue History
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
*WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
*It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
cPanel & WHM allows you to choose whether mail should be held in the queue or returned to sender when the recipient's mailbox meets which of the following criteria?
Is not enforcing encryption.
*Exceeds its assigned quota.
Is currently being backed up.
Meets limit of stored attachments.
If you receive a report that emails from a particular user on your server are not being delivered to the inbox or bounced back, and you see a green checkmark icon next to the message when you check the WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports interface, what is the most likely explanation for this icon?
That the message has been caught in a user-level filter and deleted.
That the message has been caught in a routing loop.
That the message was rejected at SMTP time due to spam-like characteristics.
*That the message was delivered successfully to a folder other than the inbox.
Which of the following options best indicate a legitimate reason that would describe why you would want to configure the forwarder address fields within the WHM Home » Server Contacts » Edit System Mail Preferences interface?
To initialize all mail capabilities on the server, allowing users to utilize their accounts' mail features.
To prevent "mailer daemon" messages from being sent to the incorrect destination.
To prevent missing notification emails sent via cPanel's "Announcements" list.
*To prevent emails destined for "root" from getting frozen within the mail queue.
Given the following options, which of these accurately describe the behavior of the Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
It can report the remote or local authentication requirements based on a specific, provided email address.
*It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to hand off messages for a specific email address.
It can report the remote or local server that Exim uses to resolve a specific email address' domain.
It can report the remote or local results of a SpamAssassin message scan.
Which of the following mail diagnostics are available within the WHM interface, and can help you troubleshoot mail?
A diagnostic tool that will attempt to recreate all of an account's hidden mail files and folders.
A webmail-like browser that allows you to view all mail accounts on the server in a single interface.
-źle *A diagnostic tool that provides a telnet-like interface, allowing you to manually reproduce the SMTP process.
A diagnostic tool that performs a permission reset or a reset on an account’s mailbox files permissions on an account's mailbox files and folders.
Given the following options, which best describes something about an email address that can be determined by using the WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter interface, found in WHM?
*It will indicate whether the destination address forwards mail to a remote server.
It will indicate if the destination email address has been greylisted.
It will indicate whether the file permissions on the destination email address' mail folder are correct.
It will indicate if the destination email address has reached its quota limitation.
Which of the following options accurately describes the behavior of an open relay server?
An open relay server requires you to authenticate using a password.
*An open relay server does not require you to authenticate.
An open relay server will only relay messages sent directly by a telnet client.
An open relay server operates by only handling mail coming from a specific list of IP addresses.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces would you look to determine why the system did not deliver an email message?
WHM Home » Email » Mail Troubleshooter
-źle *WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager
WHM Home » Email » Mail Delivery Reports
WHM Home » Email » Failed Delivery Reports
Given the following, which option best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
*There are DNS issues preventing Exim from finding the remote mail server.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been instructed to route to /dev/null.
Within which of the following WHM interfaces can you enable additional ports for Exim to listen for SMTP connections on?
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager
WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Ports Configuration
WHM Home » Server Configuration » Tweak Settings
*WHM Home » Service Configuration » Service Manager
Given the following, which best describes an actual reason that the system may place a message into the Exim queue?
The Exim service has been stopped and the SMTP daemon is not running.
*The load average on the server is above the delivery threshold.
None of these options describe reasons for Exim to queue a message.
The message has been locally rejected by the SpamAssassin daemon proces
Which of the following options describes one of the commonly known characteristics, though are not always indicative, of an average spam email message?
*The message has a high rate of failed recipients.
The message has been frozen in the Exim queue.
The message has a "Reply-to" address defined.
The message has a "BCC" address defined.
If the mail server defers a message, what did it do to the message?
Rejected it.
Classified it as spam.
Returned it to the sender (bounced).
*Delayed it.
What actions can you perform in the WHM Home » Email » Mail Queue Manager interface?”
Perform a test to determine how mail will be routed for a particular email address.
Alter the amount of startup children processes that Spamd is restricted to.
Repair the permissions in the account's mail folders and files.
*Delete a particular message permanently so that is not delivered.
What does it mean when a mail server "relays" its mail?
It is sending spam.
-źle *It is sending mail on behalf of unauthenticated users.
It is handing mail off to another mail server for delivery.
It is sending mail through multiple mail servers simultaneously.
The following items from the WHM Home » Service Configuration » Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface would allow you to exclude mail sent from specific remote IP addresses or hostnames from being subjected to recipient verification checks, sender checks, spam checks, and relay checks?
Trusted SMTP Hosts
*Trusted SMTP IP Addresses
Trusted Mail Users
Sender verification bypass IP addresses
Given the following options, which accurately describe the Mail Troubleshooter interface's behavior, found in WHM?
It sends an actual test message, but only to local destinations on the server.
It sends a dummy message that is designed to intentionally be rejected by the destination mail server.
*It does not send an actual test message but simulates sending one.
It sends an actual test message, and returns the routing and header information.
The following options found in the Exim Configuration Manager - Basic Editor interface in WHM enables the contact of the sender's mail server to see if the sender exists?
Enable Sender Rewriting Scheme (SRS) Support
Sender Verification Callouts
Require HELO before MAIL
- źle *Sender Verification
If there is a long delay indicated when an email is being sent, the Mailer Daemon will send a warning message to which of the following destinations?
The email's recipient.
*The email's sender.
No notifications are sent when this occurs.
The server's root mail contact.
When mail is delivered to "/dev/null”, which of the following statements accurately indicate what happens to the message?
The message can be found in the user's Trash folder.
*The message has been permanently deleted.
The message was delivered to the system administrator's account.
The message Is waiting in the queue.
Alright, so let's see how you do at matching up these terms with their appropriate explanations:
Default
"Out-of-the-box" configuration
Module
A software component that can be added or removed to supplement the application.
RPM
The file format of the packages used by EasyApache 4.
Yum
An installation tool used often to install RPMs from remote repositories.
Provision
Commonly used to describe deploying or setting up an application or server.
What is the latest version of Apache supported by EasyApache 4?
2.4
What setting must be enabled for EasyApache 4 to perform automatic updates?
rpmup
EasyApache 4 is provisioned via which of the following?
Manually compiled source code provided by cPanel.
*Packages installed using a package manager such as Apt or Yum.
Packages that are only available via manual download and installation from the cPanel website.
MPM stands for _________ Module.
multiprocessing
What is the name of the feature used to provide support for multiple concurrently running PHP versions in EasyApache 4?
multiphp
Which of the following options best describes the procedure needed to enable the BlueHost SymLink Protection Patch?
*Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Apache Configuration's Global Configuration interface.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Security Policies interface.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Tweak Settings interface, within the System tab.
Toggle the corresponding option found in WHM's Security Center >> Apache Security Manager interface.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, when selecting DSO from the EasyApache 4 interface without mod_ruid2 or mpm_itk, what recommendation will be displayed to you automatically, directly from within the EasyApache 4 interface?
*PHP DSO runs as the nobody user by default. In a shared hosting environment, this is a security issue.
PHP DSO is recommended only for advanced administrators, and we suggest the use of FastCGI for most environments.
PHP DSO requires a significant amount of system memory to operate properly. Please ensure that your system's specifications meet the appropriate requirements.
PHP DSO requires the use of the mod_ruid2 module to operate properly as a PHP handler. Please install mod_ruid2 if you intend to utilize the DSO as your PHP handler.
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
*DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
Which of the following EasyApache 4 profile actions can you perform from WHM's EasyApache 4 interface, in modern installations of cPanel & WHM?
*Upload a profile file from your file system or via a URL.
Transfer a profile automatically to another cPanel & WHM server.
Install additional EasyApache 4 profile repositories to increase your selection of available modules.
Edit a raw profile file from within the interface.
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, within which of the following WHM interfaces can you adjust the server's default PHP version?
*This can be adjusted from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Versions interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's Apache Configuration interface.
This can be adjusted from within WHM's PHP Configuration interface.
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
DEB packages.
RPM packages.
tar.gz packages.
CPMOVE packages.
Which of the following options accurately describe an action that one can perform from within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
*Change the MPM that is used in your Apache installation.
Change the php.ini files that are utilized for each installed PHP version.
Change Apache's security settings to determine what kind of restrictions are in place for inbound HTTP requests.
Change the kernel that is booted based on the active version of Apache as selected in EasyApache 4.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, how is the PHP version determined for newly created accounts, when System PHP-FPM status is set to ON?
It is set to the most up-to-date version installed in your currently active EasyApache 4 profile.
It is set to the value defined in the Tweak Settings interface.
It is set to the value determined by the package.
*It is set to the same value as the system default.
EasyApache 4 is known for improving the speed of the build process, but what is another benefit of using EasyApache 4 over EasyApache 3?
*Reduced chance of critical Apache failures.
The PHP modules from EA3 automatically get transferred to EA4.
EA4 gets updated daily by apt-get.
The source servers for EA3 are less reliable than those for EA4.
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
*ea-php56
multiPHP_5.6
php56-ea4
ea-dso-php56
Which of the following options is NOT a real Multi-Processing Module (MPM) available for installation within WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?
Prefork
*Postfork
ITK
Worker
Which of the following options accurately indicates the file syntax that can be seen within downloaded EasyApache 4 profiles?
YAML
*JSON
SQLite
PDF
What is the abbreviation for the resource that provides the packages that must be used if you want to include unsupported PHP versions in your EasyApache 4 installation?
scl
You're operating in a PHP 5.6 environment and using DSO as your PHP handler. You've created a .user.ini file in your website's public_html folder, but are not seeing your changes reflected.
Of the following choices, which of these accurately describes the issue that is occurring here?
łobrazek
The .user.ini should be in the user's home folder, not in the public_html folder.
A php.ini file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing only the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
A file ended in .ini should be created in the /opt/cpanel/ea-php56/root/etc/php.d folder, containing the values that need to be altered from the global defaults.
*An .htaccess file stored in public_html should be used instead, containing the appropriate syntax for declaring PHP values.
Given the following options, select the components or component combinations that would provide standard per-user process ownership for handling PHP content.
*suPHP (mod_suphp) OR Ruid2 (mod_ruid2) OR PHP-FPM
DSO (mod_fcgid) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
CGI (mod_cgi) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
*FCGI (mod_fcgid) OR Worker (mpm_worker_module) OR CGI (mod_cgi)
Which of the following options describes an action that can be performed from within WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface?
You can adjust the DSO process pool resource utilization configuration from this interface.
*You can turn on PHP-FPM, per-virtual host, from this interface.
You can directly edit the various PHP versions' INI configuration files from within this interface.
You can perform a graceful restart of the PHP service from within this interface.
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
*ea-php56
multiPHP_5.6
php56-ea4
ea-dso-php56
Of the following options, which of these handlers operate in a non-persistent state, requiring the creation of new PHP processes each time something is executed?
*suPHP
DSO
MPM
FCGId
If a user wants to utilize the system default version of PHP, which of the following selections would they enable for their account?
default
*inherit
ea-php55
system
h of the following options describes the appropriate method needed to enable PHP-FPM from within the WHM interface?
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Apache Configuration >> Global Configuration interface
PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's Tweak Settings interface.
*PHP-FPM is enabled via WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
PHP-FPM is automatically enabled for all FCGI sites, once installed via EasyApache 4.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, which of the following PHP configuration values are set automatically during the Initial Setup Assistant steps?
safe_mode
max_execution_time
*memory_limit
user_dir
Which of the following options best describes one of the most notable behaviors that separates the DSO handler from other PHP handlers available in a cPanel & WHM environment?
*DSO does not create new "php" processes to handle requests, but instead works internally with Apache, spawning from the parent httpd process.
DSO does not create new processes to handle requests, but instead stores each request physically in the file system as a temporary file.
DSO creates new "php" processes, but only uses them to serve content back to the client, not for actually processing PHP code, as other handlers do.
None of these options describe actual traits of the DSO handler.
In a cPanel & WHM environment operating with EasyApache 4, one could define an EasyApache profile as which of the following?
*A collection of packages that can be provisioned.
A list of steps used to instruct the user on how to install Apache from the command line interface.
A planning tool used to design an ideal Apache environment without making any real changes to the environment.
Profiles were used in EasyApache 3 but are no longer utilized as of EasyApache 4.
In a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following options accurately describes what the system default PHP version setting defined in WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface represents?
*The version that is used if a domain does not already have a specific version selected for it.
The version that is used as a fallback if the version selected for a domain is not functioning properly.
The version that is installed first, before any other version is installed, but still requiring that domains specifically select the version that they would like to use before PHP will be functional in their account.
The version that is used when command-line use of the php binary is executed, by default.
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
*PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
Which interface can be used to set a virtual host's PHP version?
cPanel only
WHM only
*cPanel & WHM
This must be done from the command-line interface.
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
*ea-php56
multiPHP_5.6
php56-ea4
ea-dso-php56
When operating in a cPanel & WHM environment, which of the following files are used by Apache to define the PHP configuration?
/usr/lib/php.cfg
/etc/php.conf
*/etc/apache2/conf.d/php.conf
/usr/local/cpanel/ea4/php.conf
Do you remember what the typical PHP handler options are for a default cPanel & WHM environment?
(Note that they still need to be installed via EA4, but they're available by default from the standard repository)
*DSO
Litespeed
Nginx
*suPHP
MultiPHP
*CGI
Git
*FCGI
In a cPanel & WHM environment running EasyApache 4, which of the following RPMs would provide PHP 5.6 to the account?
ea-dso-php56
*ea-php56
multiPHP_5.6
php56-ea4
Given the following options, select the components or component combinations that would provide standard per-user process ownership for handling PHP content.
*suPHP (mod_suphp) OR Ruid2 (mod_ruid2) OR PHP-FPM
FCGI (mod_fcgid) OR Worker (mpm_worker_module) OR CGI (mod_cgi)
DSO (mod_fcgid) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
CGI (mod_cgi) WITH Userdir (mod_userdir)
During PHP requests, which of the following statements accurately describes how the DSO handler processes the request?
PHP handling operates by spawning child "php" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates internally by Apache's own processes.
PHP handling operates by spawning child "dso" processes to handle each individual request.
PHP handling operates by spawning "php" processes for PHP requests, and "dso" processes for requests that involve database interaction.
Which of the following PHP handlers works on only one PHP version at a time?
i*DSO
CGI
PHP-FPM
SuPHP
Which of the following options accurately describes an action one performs in WHM's EasyApache 4 interface?”
Install new repositories to retrieve module options from.
Install custom, non-default versions of PHP through the use of an SCL interface.
Install new add-on software to make available for cPanel accounts, like Wordpress, Drupal, and Joomla.
*Install new PHP extensions for use in your active Apache/PHP environment.
What types of packages do EasyApache 4 rely on to install modules and extensions, when provisioning an EasyApache 4 profile?
DEB packages.
CPMOVE packages.
tar.gz packages.
*RPM packages.
In modern installations of cPanel & WHM, EasyApache 4 will allow you to install which of the following versions of Apache?
Apache 2.2
*Apache 2.4
Apache 2.6
Apache 2.0
Which of the following options best describes the method you would use to install the PHP-FPM software, within a cPanel & WHM environment?
PHP-FPM appears under the Apache Modules stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of EasyApache 4, but only after the ea4-experimental repository has been enabled.
*PHP-FPM appears under the PHP Extensions stage of the EasyApache 4 profile customization walkthrough.
PHP-FPM can only be installed via the command line using yum shell utility, but can then be enabled from WHM's MultiPHP Manager interface.
Which of the following accurately indicates the user that processes created for the DSO handler are owned by?
*nobody user
apache user
root
account user
Which mailbox format stores multiple messages in a single file?
mdbox
What router indicates that an Email Account-level filter is being applied?
virtual_user
When selecting the Accounts backup type - depending on the backup destination type selected - you may choose to use incremental, archived, or this third storage method, selected from the options below?
Compressed
If choosing to use the Google Drive, Dropbox, or BackBlaze destination types, which of the following means of handling backup storage are NOT available for use?
Incremental
Which of the following backup structures copy only new and/or modified files recognized since last full backup?
Incremental
Which of these components of a backup job allow you to define how many times to retry a data transfer if the backup job data transfer fails?
Data Sync Retries
A customer's JetBackup backup job has configured the Limit Accounts to Backup value to 10, on a server that contains 80 accounts. How many days will it take for a full account backup to be completed?
8
When selecting the Accounts backup type - regardless of the backup destination type selected - you may choose to use incremental, archived, or this third storage method, selected from the options below?
Compresed
If choosing to use the S3 Compatible destination types, which of the following means of handling backup storage are NOT available for use?
Dropbox
Which of the following backup structures copy only new and/or modified files recognized since last full backup?
Incremental
Which of the following is a hardcoded limit that prevents more than three (3) additional backup data transfer attempts in the case of an initial failed backup data transfer?
Data Sync Retries
Of the account filters named here, which one is NOT available in JetBackup 5?
Databases Usage
LiteSpeed Webserver is built using what type of architecture (as opposed to Apache's process-based architecture)?
Event-driven
Which of the following operating systems is LiteSpeed WebServer not officially supported to operate on?
ArchLinux
How much disk space is required for the actual installation of LiteSpeed WebServer (not the runtime usage)?
200MB
LiteSpeed Webserver is commonly abbreviated using what acronym?
LSWS
What is the full path of the default LiteSpeed WebServer installation directory, when installing as the root user?
/usr/local/lsws
A client running LiteSpeed WebServer on a cPanel & WHM environment has configured their web server so that Apache listens on port 80, and LiteSpeed is configured with a Port Offset of 8000. What port is LiteSpeed listening on, in this configuration?
8080
How does LSCache store its files?
On disk
Which of the following might help an administrator speed up caching on a LiteSpeed environment?
Moving caching to use RAM.
Finish this file path, used when adding configuration directives to specific segments of the Apache configuration (and specifically, when setting up caching to store using RAM):
/usr/local/apache/conf/includes/pre_main_
global.conf
What's the first recommended step to take when resolving the issue of a 'Cache Miss', or reports of a site being slow despite caching being enabled?
Perform a gracefull restart LSWS
What is the name of the PHP mode that was added in LSPHP 5.3 that allows LSWS to restart without causing PHP processes to die, but instead exits processes after they have been idle for 5 minutes?
PHP Detached Mode
Which of the following suEXEC modes are not compatible with opcode caching?
Worker Mode
Which of the following suEXEC modes create a new parent process for each user?
ProcessGroup
Which of the following are one of the primary limitations that should be considered with OPCache, regardless of the version of LSWS you're using?
Increased RAM requirements
Which of the following options would be a viable method to install OPCache on a cPanel & WHM environment?
Install the package using EasyApache, in WHM or via the command line.
Of the following paths, which would theoretically function as a correct path to an appropriate custom PHP configuration include file for a single user's domain?
For the purposes of this question, assume that all usernames and domains in the answer choices are legitimate.
/etc/apache2/conf.d/userdata/std/2_4/$USER/yourdomain.com/customphpini.conf
Adding the following value to your Environment Variables within the LSWS WebAdmin Console, under the External Apps interface, will enable all of your users to use which file to define custom PHP configurations within their individual accounts' web folders?
Environment Variable:
LSPHP_ENABLE_USER_INI=on
Tip: Just type the exact name of the file itself; we don't need any paths or directories here.
.user.ini
Which of the following circumstances might result in a 503 error occurring on a user site?
An attack is occuring on the site in question.
A user is reporting frequent timeouts on connection attempts. Which of the following may be a potential solution to resolve the situation?
Set External Application Aport to "No Abort"
Which of the following is the correct path used to execute the enable_ruby_python_selector.sh script?
/usr/local/lsws/admin/misc/enable_ruby_python_selector.sh
As an administrator, you're using a Cloudlinux server running a Litespeed Webserver environment. You're trying to make sure that one of your LVEs is configured optimally, as the user has reported 500 and 503 errors occurring from time to time. The server is currently configured with an EP limit of 10, PMEM defined at the default of 1024MB, CPU SPEED set at 90%, and is operating with a 4-CPU/Worker Litespeed License.
To determine the ideal suEXEC Max Connections value, what number would you use in the blank, for the below equation?
___/ 4 = Ideal suEXEC Max Connections
10
Which of the following types of protection does Litespeed provide for Wordpress?
BruteForce
Port 443 UDP must be allowed in and out of your server to allow which of the following features to function successfully?
QUIC
Because ModSecurity component, when used with Litespeed, only processes dynamic requests, not static, what impact should be expected as a result?
Modsecurity experience improved performance
What is the most granular level of PHP version customization that LSPHP supports?
Directory-level